SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP
10-K405, 1997-05-02
GROCERY STORES
Previous: STEEL OF WEST VIRGINIA INC, DFAN14A, 1997-05-02
Next: ELFUN DIVERSIFIED FUND, 497J, 1997-05-02



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
 
                 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                             ---------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>
        FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED                   COMMISSION FILE NUMBER
            FEBRUARY 1, 1997                                0-16404
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                  DELAWARE                                      13-3408704
       (State of other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
       incorporation or organization)
 
        301 BLAIR ROAD, P.O. BOX 5301                           07095-0915
           WOODBRIDGE, NEW JERSEY                               (Zip Code)
  (Address of principal executive offices)
</TABLE>
 
                                  908-499-3000
 
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
                            ------------------------
 
        SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT: NONE
 
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT:
 
            $3.52 CUMULATIVE EXCHANGEABLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
                                (TITLE OF CLASS)
 
                         ------------------------------
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES X      NO _
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  [X]
 
    As of April 1, 1997, there were outstanding 650,675 shares of $0.01 par
value Class A Common Stock (voting) and 320,000 shares of $0.01 par value Class
B Common Stock (non-voting), all of which are privately owned and not traded on
a public market.
 
    Documents Incorporated by Reference:  None
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS*
 
GENERAL
 
    Registrant was incorporated in the State of Delaware in April 1987 as SMG
Holdings Corporation. Subsequently, registrant's name was changed to
Supermarkets General Holdings Corporation (the "Company"). The Company acquired
Supermarkets General Corporation ("Old Supermarkets"), in October 1987 (the
"Acquisition"). References to the Company in this Report refer to the Company
and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, except where the context requires
otherwise.
 
    In October 1989, Old Supermarkets adopted an amended and restated Plan of
Liquidation pursuant to which it was liquidated into three wholly owned
subsidiaries of the Company. In November 1989, pursuant to such Plan, Old
Supermarkets transferred substantially all of the assets of its Purity Supreme
division to two of the three above mentioned wholly owned subsidiaries of the
Company, Purity Supreme, Inc. ("Purity") and Li'l Peach Corp. ("Li'l Peach", and
together with Purity, the "Purity Operations"), and said subsidiaries assumed
substantially all of the liabilities of Old Supermarkets related to such
division. Old Supermarkets completed the liquidation just prior to the year
ended February 3, 1990 by merging with the third of the above mentioned wholly
owned subsidiaries of the Company, which retained the name Supermarkets General
Corporation. In connection with the Recapitalization referred to below,
Supermarkets General Corporation changed its name to Pathmark Stores, Inc.
("Pathmark").
 
    On December 17, 1991, the Company completed the sale of the Purity
Operations for approximately $257.0 million (as adjusted), including the
assumption of certain indebtedness of Purity and Li'l Peach. The Company
retained a 10% common equity interest in Purity Supreme and a new issue of
Purity Supreme exchangeable preferred stock. During the fiscal year ended
February 3, 1996 ("Fiscal 1995"), the Company sold its investment in Purity for
$16.4 million in connection with the sale of Purity to Stop & Shop Companies,
Inc. and used the proceeds of the sale to repay a portion of the PTK Holdings,
Inc. Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures due 2003 (the "PTK Exchangeable
Guaranteed Debentures"), including accrued interest and debt premiums. PTK
Holdings, Inc. ("PTK") is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company formed in
1993.
 
    The Company consummated a recapitalization plan (the "Recapitalization") on
October 26, 1993. In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company
transferred all of the capital stock of Pathmark to PTK. Pathmark distributed
the capital stock of Plainbridge, Inc. ("Plainbridge") to PTK in the Plainbridge
Spin-Off (as defined below).
 
    In connection with the Recapitalization, Pathmark contributed warehouse,
distribution and transportation operations and the inventory therein that
service the Pathmark supermarkets and drug stores and certain other assets to
Plainbridge, and distributed the shares of Plainbridge to PTK (the "Plainbridge
Spin-Off"). In addition, Pathmark contributed to Chefmark, Inc., a newly formed
Delaware corporation ("Chefmark"), the Chefmark deli food preparation operations
and a related warehouse and a leased banana ripening warehouse, and distributed
the shares of Chefmark to Holdings (the "Chefmark Spin-Off", and, together with
the Plainbridge Spin-Off, the "Spin-Offs"). In connection with the Plainbridge
Spin-Off, Pathmark entered into a logistical services agreement with Plainbridge
(the "Logistical Services Agreement") that provided for the continuing supply of
merchandise to Pathmark supermarkets and for the provision of warehousing,
distribution and logistical services relating to the supply of such merchandise.
During the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997 ("Fiscal 1996"), PTK contributed
100% of the capital stock of Plainbridge to Pathmark, making Plainbridge a
wholly owned subsidiary of Pathmark.
 
    On November 4, 1994, the Company completed the sale of its home centers
segment for approximately $88.7 million, plus the assumption of certain
indebtedness. The Company used approximately $66.6
 
- ------------------------
 
* Except as otherwise indicated, information contained in this Item is given as
  of February 1, 1997.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
million before January 28, 1995 and $4.7 million during Fiscal 1995 of its net
proceeds to pay down the PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures, including
accrued interest and debt premium.
 
    During Fiscal 1996, Pathmark twice amended its existing bank credit
agreement dated as of October 26, 1993, as amended, (the "Bank Credit
Agreement") by prospectively modifying certain of its financial covenants
(interest coverage, leverage and consolidated adjusted earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortization) and, in connection with the contribution
of Plainbridge shares to Pathmark, by increasing the Pathmark working capital
facility (the "Working Capital Facility") under the Bank Credit Agreement by $25
million to $200 million. Also, Pathmark and Plainbridge terminated the
Logistical Services Agreement.
 
    As part of its continuing policy to examine the productivity of its assets,
Pathmark has decided to divest 12 supermarkets, all but one of which is located
in its southern region.
 
BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Company's primary business activity is the management of its interests
in Pathmark and Chefmark. The Company holds all of the capital stock of PTK and
all of the capital stock of Chefmark. Through PTK, the Company owns all of the
capital stock of Pathmark. Chefmark's primary business is to supply Pathmark
with deli food preparation services and merchandise from the banana ripening
facility.
 
BUSINESS
 
    At February 1, 1997, Pathmark operated 144 supermarkets primarily in the New
York--New Jersey and Philadelphia metropolitan areas. These metropolitan areas
contain over 10% of the population and grocery sales in the United States.
 
    The following table presents the market area, number of stores, selling and
total square footage for Pathmark's supermarkets.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           SELLING
         MARKET             NUMBER OF      SQ. FT     TOTAL SQ. FT
          AREA               STORES        (000'S)       (000'S)
- ------------------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>          <C>
NJ, NY, PA, DE, CT                144         5,475         7,467
</TABLE>
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    Pathmark's business strategy is to increase sales, profitability and market
penetration in its existing markets by focusing on the following five operating
priorities: concentrate on core business, Pathmark "smart" service, lower
operating costs, spend capital wisely and have the right management team. By
concentrating on and implementing these five priorities, the Company expects to
accomplish its strategic goals (i) by providing superior perishable and
non-perishable merchandise, value and service to its customers through its
marketing, merchandising and customer service programs; (ii) through efficient
use of capital to renovate and enlarge its existing store base; and (iii)
through increased operating efficiencies.
 
MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING
 
    - SUPER CENTER FORMAT. The average Pathmark Super Center is approximately
      39% larger than the average size supermarket in the United States and
      offers greater convenience by providing one-stop shopping and a wider
      assortment of foods and general merchandise than is offered by
      conventional supermarkets.
 
    - PATHMARK 2000. Pathmark 2000 is a new, larger Super Center format designed
      to provide Pathmark customers with a substantially greater selection of
      quality perishable products. Pathmark 2000 stores are also designed to be
      more "customer friendly", with wider aisles, more accessible customer
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
      service and information departments, improved signs and graphics, and
      increased availability of Pathmark associates, particularly in the
      perishable departments. All of Pathmark's new supermarkets and
      enlargements completed in Fiscal 1996 employed the Pathmark 2000 concept,
      and Pathmark expects that all new stores and enlargements thereafter will
      employ the same concept. At February 1, 1997, 53 of Pathmark's
      supermarkets were Pathmark 2000s.
 
    - FLEXIBLE MERCHANDISING. Pathmark believes that its large-store format
      gives it considerable flexibility to respond to changing consumer demands
      and competition by varying and enhancing its merchandise selection.
      Pathmark's "Big Deals" program, currently consisting of over 500
      merchandise items offers large-sized merchandise at prices which Pathmark
      believes are competitive with those available in "warehouse" and "club"
      stores. Pathmark emphasizes competitive pricing plus weekly sales and
      promotions supported by extensive advertising, both in print and
      electronic media. Merchandising flexibility and effectiveness is enhanced
      through the increased utilization of a category management approach. In
      addition, Pathmark offers for sale over 3,000 items through its private
      label program.
 
    - PHARMACY. Pathmark provides full pharmacy services in virtually all of its
      stores. Pathmark's broad market coverage within its marketing area has
      enabled it to become a leading filler of third-party prescriptions in this
      area. Pathmark believes that its well-established pharmacy operations
      provide a competitive advantage in attracting and retaining customers.
 
STORE EXPANSION AND RENOVATION PROGRAM
 
    - NEW STORES, ENLARGEMENTS AND RENOVATIONS. During Fiscal 1996, Pathmark
      opened four new Pathmark 2000s (two of which replaced smaller stores),
      closed two other smaller stores, and completed 16 renovations and five
      enlargements. During the fiscal year ending January 31, 1998 ("Fiscal
      1997"), Pathmark plans to open up to three new Pathmark 2000s (one of
      which has already opened), and to complete up to an aggregate of ten
      renovations and enlargements.
 
    - Pathmark recognizes the importance of keeping its stores looking fresh and
      up-to-date; thus, each store typically receives a renovation or
      enlargement every five years. At the end of Fiscal 1996, Pathmark derived
      approximately 76% of its supermarket sales from stores that were opened,
      enlarged or renovated during the last five years.
 
    - CORE MARKET FOCUS. Pathmark has identified over 50 potential locations for
      new supermarkets within its current marketing areas and expects that all
      new stores opened during the current and next two fiscal years will be
      located in these areas. Pathmark believes that, by opening stores in its
      current marketing areas, it can achieve additional operating economies and
      other benefits from its store expansion program without the risks and
      costs associated with opening stores in new marketing areas.
 
OPERATING EFFICIENCIES
 
    - TECHNOLOGY. Pathmark has made a significant and continuing investment in
      information technology. All Pathmark supermarket checkout terminals have
      third-generation IBM 4680 scanner systems supported by a RISC 6000
      application processor in each store. These systems allow consumer credit
      and electronic fund transfer ("EFT") transactions, greatly facilitate
      system-wide promotion and merchandising programs, and improve the speed
      and control of customer transactions. In addition, all Pathmark
      supermarkets utilize radio frequency technology for direct vendor
      receivings and shelf labels.
 
    - GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION. All Pathmark supermarkets are located within 100
      miles of the Pathmark headquarters and principal warehousing facilities
      that service them. This allows for more efficient management supervision,
      increased speed of delivery and reduced transportation costs. All
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
      of the stores, which Pathmark expects to open in the current fiscal year,
      will be within this 100 mile radius.
 
    - COST REDUCTION. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996, Pathmark, in an
      effort to reduce its costs, effectuated a 25% reduction in administrative
      headcount and held for divestiture 12 supermarkets, principally in its
      southern region.
 
PATHMARK SUPERMARKETS
 
    Pathmark operated 144 supermarkets at February 1, 1997. Super Centers
accounted for approximately 97% of Pathmark's supermarket sales for Fiscal 1996.
The following table presents selected data respecting supermarket sales and
stores for the last five fiscal years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FISCAL YEARS
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                     1996      1995(A)     1994       1993       1992
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Supermarket sales................................................  $   3,701  $   3,853  $   3,785  $   3,839  $   3,942
Average sales per Supermarket....................................       26.1       26.4(b)      25.9      25.4      24.7
Number of Supermarkets:
  Renovations(c).................................................         16         14         14         12          8
  Enlargements(d)................................................          5          4         11          5         10
  Opened.........................................................          4          5          4          4          3
  Closed.........................................................          4          4          6          5          3
Type of Supermarket(e):
  Pathmark 2000..................................................         53         44         29         10          2
  Super Center...................................................         86         95        108        128        137
  Conventional...................................................          5          5          6          7          7
  Total Supermarkets Open at Year End............................        144        144        143        145        146
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Fiscal 1995 was a 53-week year.
 
(b) Computed on the basis of aggregate sales of stores open for the full year,
    based on a 52-week period.
 
(c) Renovations involve an investment of $350,000 or more and in Fiscal 1996
    averaged nearly $1.5 million per store.
 
(d) Enlargements involve the addition of selling space and in Fiscal 1996
    averaged an investment in excess of $3.7 million.
 
(e) Includes two stores not wholly owned. The sales figures for these stores are
    not included above.
 
    By industry standards, Pathmark stores are large and productive, averaging
approximately 51,900 square feet in size and generating high average sales
volume of approximately $26.1 million per store ($690 per selling square foot)
for stores open for all of Fiscal 1996. Pathmark's 144 supermarkets at February
1, 1997 ranged from 26,000 to 66,500 square feet in size and included 132
supermarkets that are 40,000 square feet or larger in size. All Pathmark stores
carry a broad variety of food and drug store products, including an extensive
variety of the Pathmark, No Frills and Pathmark Preferred brands. All but seven
supermarkets contained in-store pharmacy departments at year end.
 
    Pathmark pioneered the development of the large "superstore" in the Middle
Atlantic States, opening the first "Pathmark Super Center" in 1977, and
currently operates 139 such stores, including 53 "Pathmark 2000" stores. The
majority of Super Centers were created through the enlargement or renovation of
existing stores. In addition to the broad variety of food and non-food items
carried in conventional Pathmark stores, a typical Super Center includes a
customer service center, videotape rental, a pharmacy, expanded produce
department, meat department, cheese shop, bakery, seafood, service delicatessen
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
department, expanded health and beauty care department and book department. All
Super Centers have EFT and credit transaction capability at their checkout
terminals, and 130 supermarkets also feature in-store automated teller machines.
During 1996, the Company entered into master licensing agreements with two
regional banking institutions to place up to 114 in-store banks in Pathmark
supermarkets over the next three years. Each bank, which occupies approximately
400 square feet, offers a full array of financial services and is open seven
days a week. The license agreements have an initial term of five years with
optional renewal periods. At the close of Fiscal 1996, 13 stores had in-store
banks within them and Pathmark expects to have 50 additional in-store banks by
the end of Fiscal 1997.
 
    Pathmark has developed a new, larger Super Center format called "Pathmark
2000" designed to provide Pathmark customers with a substantially greater
selection of perishable products, particularly produce. The average weekly sales
for Pathmark 2000 stores in Fiscal 1996 was $28.5 million compared to $25.2
million for the balance of the chain. Pathmark 2000 stores are also designed to
be more "customer friendly", with wider aisles, more accessible customer service
and information departments, improved signs and graphics, and increased
availability of Pathmark associates. For example, Pathmark has recently
introduced "GREAT" service, a customer service program emphasizing proactive
inter-personal communication between store associates and customers. All of
Pathmark's new supermarkets and a majority of supermarket enlargements completed
in Fiscal 1996 employed the Pathmark 2000 concept and Pathmark expects that
virtually all new stores and enlargements will employ the same concept.
 
    Pathmark's supermarket business is generally not seasonal, although sales in
the second and fourth quarters tend to be slightly higher than those in the
first and third quarters.
 
STORE EXPANSION AND RENOVATION PROGRAM
 
    A key of Pathmark's business strategy has been, and will continue to be, the
expansion of the total selling square footage of its operations. Pathmark
believes, that by adding new stores and increasing the selling area of existing
stores, it can improve its competitive position and operating margins by
achieving economies of scale in merchandising, advertising, distribution and
supervision. During the five years ending with Fiscal 1996, Pathmark completed
99 renovations and enlargements and opened 20 new supermarkets. At the close of
Fiscal 1996, sales in these stores accounted for approximately 76% of its total
supermarket sales. Pathmark currently expects to open up to three new Pathmark
"2000" Super Centers during Fiscal 1997 (one of which has already opened), none
of which will replace smaller stores, and to complete up to ten renovations and
enlargements.
 
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION
 
    As part of its marketing strategy, Pathmark emphasizes value through its
competitive pricing and weekly sales and promotions supported by extensive
advertising. Additional savings are offered each week through Pathmark "super
coupons" in newspapers and circulars. Pathmark's advertising expenditures are
concentrated on print advertising, including advertisements and circulars in
local and area newspapers and advertising flyers distributed in stores, radio
and television. Several years ago, Pathmark introduced "Smart Coupons" in its
advertisements. With "Smart Coupons", customers no longer are required to cut
out Pathmark coupons from its advertisement and physically present them at the
cash registers. Rather, when a coupon item is scanned during the check-out
process, the coupon savings is automatically deducted from the price. Pathmark
believes that its "Smart Coupons" greatly convenience its customers and improve
customer service at the checkout.
 
CONSUMER RESEARCH
 
    Pathmark conducts numerous ongoing and special consumer research projects.
These typically involve customer surveys (both in-store and by telephone) as
well as focus groups. The information derived from
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
these projects is used to evaluate consumers' attitudes and purchasing patterns
and helps shape Pathmark's marketing programs.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    Pathmark has made a significant and continuing investment in information
technology. All Pathmark supermarket checkout terminals have third-generation
IBM 4680 scanner systems supported by a RlSC 6000 application processor in each
store. These systems allow consumer credit and EFT transactions, greatly
facilitate system-wide promotion and merchandising programs, and improve the
speed and control of customer transactions. This technology and the data
generated by scanning have not only led to lower labor costs, improved price
control, shelf allocation and quicker customer check-out, but have also assisted
in the analysis of product movement, profit contribution and demographic
merchandising. Pathmark also has a computer-assisted ordering system which
enables it to replenish inventory to avoid "out of stocks" at store level while
maintaining optimum overall inventory levels. In addition, all Pathmark
supermarkets utilize radio frequency technology for direct vendor receivings and
shelf labels.
 
    All of the pharmacies are equipped with pharmacy computers. In addition to
improving customer service, these computers aid pharmacists in detecting drug
interactions, improve the collection of third-party receivables and help to
attract third-party businesses such as health maintenance organizations and
union welfare plans.
 
    In August 1991, Pathmark entered into a long-term facilities management and
systems integration agreement with IBM Company. Under the agreement, IBM has
taken over Pathmark's data center operations, mainframe processing and
information system functions, (formerly performed by approximately 150
employees) and is providing business applications and systems designed to
enhance Pathmark's customer service and efficiency.
 
SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    Most of the merchandise sold in Pathmark's supermarkets is supplied through
its distribution facilities located in New Jersey. In addition, pursuant to a
supply agreement between Chefmark and Pathmark (the "Chefmark Supply
Agreement"), Chefmark supplies Pathmark with merchandise from its banana
ripening and deli food preparation operations. The Chefmark Supply Agreement
provides that, for a period of seven years, such services are to be performed by
Chefmark in substantially the same manner as they have been performed by
Pathmark's banana ripening and deli food preparation operations prior to the
Chefmark Spin-Off.
 
    All of Pathmark's stores are located within 100 miles of the principal
Pathmark and Chefmark distribution centers. The following table presents
information concerning the distribution and processing facilities through which
Pathmark is supplied, and the product lines relevant to each.
 
                            DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                SQUARE       YEAR
LOCATION                                                     PRODUCT LINE                       FOOTAGE     OPENED
- ---------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                      <C>                                                   <C>        <C>
Woodbridge, NJ(1)......................  Dry Grocery                                             475,000        1968
Edison, NJ(2)..........................  General Merchandise,                                    266,000        1980
                                           Health and Beauty Care
                                           Products,
                                           Pharmaceuticals, Tobacco
Woodbridge, NJ(1)......................  Meat, Dairy, Deli, Produce                              255,000        1970
Dayton, NJ(2)..........................  Frozen Food Distribution Center                         112,000        1994
No. Brunswick, NJ(2)...................  Dry Grocery                                             425,000        1996
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                             PROCESSING FACILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 SQUARE       YEAR
LOCATION                                                     PRODUCT LINE                        FOOTAGE     OPENED
- ---------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                      <C>                                                    <C>        <C>
Somerset, NJ(3)........................  Delicatessen Products                                     16,000        1976
Avenel, NJ(4)..........................  Banana Ripening                                           30,000        1984
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Owned by Pathmark.
 
(2) Leased by Pathmark.
 
(3) Owned by Chefmark.
 
(4) Leased by Chefmark.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The supermarket business is highly competitive and is characterized by high
asset turnover and narrow profit margins. Pathmark's earnings are primarily
dependent on the maintenance of relatively high sales volume per supermarket,
efficient product purchasing and distribution, and cost-effective store
operating and distribution techniques. Pathmark's main competitors are national
and regional supermarkets, drug stores, convenience stores, discount
merchandisers, "warehouse" and "club" stores and other local retailers in the
areas served. Principal competitive factors include price, store location,
advertising and promotion, product mix, quality and service.
 
TRADE NAMES, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADEMARKS
 
    Pathmark has registered a variety of trade names, service marks and
trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, each for an
initial period of 20 years, renewable for as long as the use thereof continues.
Pathmark considers its Pathmark service marks to be of material importance to
its business and actively defends and enforces such service marks.
 
REGULATION
 
    Pathmark's food and drug business requires it to hold various licenses and
to register certain of its facilities with state and federal health, drug and
alcoholic beverage regulatory agencies. By virtue of these licenses and
registration requirements, Pathmark is obligated to observe certain rules and
regulations, and a violation of such rules and regulations could result in a
suspension or revocation of the licenses or registrations. In addition, most of
Pathmark's licenses require periodic renewals. Pathmark has experienced no
material difficulties with respect to obtaining, effecting or retaining its
licenses and registrations.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At February 1, 1997, the Company employed approximately 29,700 people, of
whom approximately 20,200 were employed on a part-time basis.
 
    Approximately 89% of the Company's employees are covered by 28 collective
bargaining agreements (typically having three or four year terms) negotiated
with approximately 17 different local unions. During Fiscal 1997, eight
contracts, covering approximately 13,000 Pathmark associates in 92 stores, will
expire. The Company does not anticipate any difficulty in renegotiating these
contracts.
 
    The Company believes that its relationship with its employees is generally
satisfactory.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES**
 
    Reference is made to the answer to Item 1, "Business" of this report for
information concerning the states in which the Company's supermarkets and
distribution and processing facilities are located. See "Business of
Pathmark-Supply and Distribution" in Item 1 of this report for information
concerning the Company's distribution and processing facilities.
 
    Pathmark's 144 supermarkets have an aggregate selling area of approximately
5.5 million square feet. Twenty of the supermarkets are owned by Pathmark and
the remaining 124 are leased. These supermarkets either are freestanding stores
or are located in shopping centers. Thirty leases expire during the current and
next four calendar years and Pathmark has options to renew all of them.
 
    Pathmark owns its corporate headquarters in Woodbridge, NJ and maintains
administrative and accounting offices in Carteret, New Jersey in leased premises
totaling approximately 150,000 square feet in size.
 
    Most of the facilities owned by Pathmark are owned subject to mortgages.
Pathmark plans to acquire leasehold or fee interests in any property on which
new stores or other facilities are opened and will consider entering into
sale/leaseback or mortgage transactions with respect to owned properties if
Pathmark believes such transactions are financially advantageous.
 
- ------------------------
 
** Except as otherwise indicated, information contained in this Item is given as
   of February 1, 1997.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company is a party to a number of legal proceedings in the ordinary
course of business. Management believes that the ultimate resolution of these
proceedings will not in the aggregate have a material adverse impact on the
financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
 
    None.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
  MATTERS (AS OF APRIL 1, 1997)
 
    Neither the Company's Class A Common Stock nor its Class B Common Stock,
each $0.01 par value, is publicly traded on any market. All of registrant's
outstanding Common Stock is held by SMG-II Holdings Corporation ("SMG-II").
 
    The authorized preferred stock of the Company consists of 9,000,000 shares
of $3.52 Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Holdings
Preferred Stock"), of which 4,890,671 shares were issued and outstanding at
April 1, 1997. The Holdings Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $25
per share and its terms provide for cumulative quarterly dividends at an annual
rate of $3.52 per share, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of
the Company. No active public trading market currently exists for the Holdings
Preferred Stock.
 
    The Holdings Preferred Stock is non-voting, except that if an amount equal
to six quarterly dividends is in arrears in whole or in part, the holders
thereof, voting as a class are entitled to elect an additional two members of
the board of directors of the Company. The Company is currently in arrears on
payment of more than six quarterly dividends on the Holdings Preferred Stock and
does not expect to receive cash flow sufficient to permit payments of dividends
on the Holdings Preferred Stock in the foreseeable future. The holders of the
Holdings Preferred Stock reelected two persons to the Company's Board of
Directors at its 1996 annual meeting.
 
    The payment of dividends to holders of the Company's Common Stock is subject
to restrictions by the Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and
Privileges under which the Holdings Preferred Stock was issued. The Company has
not paid any dividends on its Common Stock and does not anticipate paying cash
dividends on its Common Stock during Fiscal 1997.
 
    The authorized capital stock of SMG-II consists of 3,000,000 shares of
SMG-II Class A Common Stock, 3,000,000 shares of SMG-II Class B Common Stock, of
which 672,476 and 320,000 shares, respectively, were issued and outstanding at
April 1, 1997, and 4,000,000 shares of SMG-II Preferred Stock, of which
1,500,000 shares are designated SMG-II Series A Preferred Stock, 1,500,000
shares are designated SMG-II Series B Preferred Stock, and 8,520 shares are
designated SMG-II Series C Preferred Stock (the three series of Preferred Stock
hereinafter collectively referred to as "SMG-II Preferred Stock").
 
    At April 1, 1997, there were outstanding 236,731 shares of SMG-II Series A
Preferred Stock, 180,769 shares of SMG-II Series B Preferred Stock and 8,520
shares of SMG-II Series C Preferred Stock.
 
    SMG-II's capital stock is held beneficially as follows: (i) SMG-II Class A
Common Stock by approximately 56 holders, including six affiliates of Merrill
Lynch & Co., Inc. (The "ML Common Investors"), CBC Capital Partners, Inc.
("CBC"), an affiliate of Chase Manhattan Corp., and 49 current and former
members of the Company's management (the "Management Investors"); (ii) SMG-II
Series A
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
Preferred Stock by five affiliates of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (the "ML
Preferred Investors", the ML Common Investors and ML Preferred Investors
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "ML Investors"); (iii) SMG-II Class
B Common Stock held by three holders, including CBC, The Equitable Life
Assurance Society of the United States ("Equitable") and an affiliate of
Equitable (collectively, the "Equitable Investors"); (iv) SMG-II Series B
Preferred Stock held by three holders, including CBC and the Equitable
Investors; and (v) SMG-II Series C Preferred Stock held by one Management
Investor. Holders of shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock are entitled to one
vote per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Holders of shares
of SMG-II Class B Common Stock are not entitled to any voting rights, except as
required by law or as otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of SMG-II. Subject to compliance with certain procedures, holders
of shares of SMG-II Class B Common Stock may exchange their shares for shares of
SMG-II Class A Common Stock and holders of shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock
may exchange their shares for shares of SMG-II Class B Common Stock, in each
case on a share-for-shares basis. All holders of SMG-II capital stock are
parties to a Stockholders Agreement dated as of February 4, 1991, as amended,
with SMG-II (the "Stockholders Agreement").
 
    SMG-II Preferred Stock has a stated value and liquidation preference of $200
per share and bears dividends at the rate of 10% of the stated value per annum,
payable annually. At the option of SMG-II, dividends are payable in cash or may
accumulate (and the amount thereof shall compound annually).
 
    Holders of shares of SMG-II Series A Preferred Stock and SMG-II Series C
Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote per share of SMG-II Class A Common
Stock into which such SMG-II Series A Preferred Stock and SMG-II Series C
Preferred Stock are convertible on all matters to be voted on by SMG-II
stockholders, subject to increase to 1.11 votes per share upon the occurrence of
certain events. Holders of shares of SMG-II Series B Preferred Stock are
entitled to one vote per share of SMG-II Class B Common Stock into which such
SMG-II Series B Preferred Stock is convertible for the purpose of voting on any
consolidation or merger, sale, lease or exchange of substantially all of the
assets or any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of SMG-II. Additionally,
holders of SMG-II Preferred Stock have separate voting rights with respect to
alteration in the voting powers, rights and preferences and certain other terms
affecting the SMG-II Preferred Stock. Subject to compliance with certain
procedures, holders of SMG-II Series B Preferred Stock may exchange their shares
for shares of SMG-II Series A Preferred Stock and holders of SMG-II Series A
Preferred Stock may exchange their shares for shares of SMG-II Series B
Preferred Stock, on a share-for-share basis. Each series of SMG-II Preferred
Stock ranks pari passu with each other series.
 
    At the option of the holder, SMG-II Preferred Stock is convertible into
SMG-II Common Stock at any time, on or prior to the occurrence of certain
events, including an initial public offering of in excess of 25% of the number
of outstanding shares of common stock of SMG-II, at a conversion ratio of one
share of the corresponding class of SMG-II Common Stock for each share of SMG-II
Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events.
 
    Holders of SMG-II Preferred Stock are party with the holders of SMG-II
Common Stock to the Stockholders Agreement which, among other things, restricts
the transferability of SMG-II capital stock and relates to the corporate
governance of SMG-II. None of SMG-II's capital stock is publicly traded on any
market. See item 12, "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following table represents selected financial data for the last five
fiscal years and should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.
 
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
                 SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             FISCAL YEARS(A)
                                                                          -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                            1996       1995       1994       1993       1992
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales(b)................................................................  $   3,711  $   3,972  $   3,969  $   4,022  $   4,110
Cost of sales(b) (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown
  separately below).....................................................      2,620      2,838      2,866      2,952      3,031
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit............................................................      1,091      1,134      1,103      1,070      1,079
Selling, general and administrative expenses(b).........................        857        866        851        837        817
Depreciation and amortization(c)........................................         89         80         76         70         69
Restructuring charge(d).................................................          9     --         --         --         --
Lease commitment charge(e)..............................................          9     --         --         --         --
Recapitalization expense(f).............................................     --         --         --             17     --
Provision for store closings(g).........................................     --         --         --              6     --
Amortization of goodwill................................................     --         --         --         --             18
Goodwill write-off......................................................     --         --         --         --            601
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating earnings (loss)...............................................        127        188        176        140       (426)
Interest expense, net(h)................................................       (164)      (171)      (160)      (177)      (185)
Gain on disposition of freestanding drug stores(i)......................     --             16     --         --         --
Gain on disposal of Purity(j)...........................................     --             16     --         --              2
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, gain on
  disposal of home centers segment, extraordinary items and cumulative
  effect on accounting changes..........................................        (37)        49         16        (37)      (609)
Income tax benefit (provision)..........................................         18         30         (4)        21         (7)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before gain on disposal of
  home centers segment, extraordinary items and cumulative effect on
  accounting changes....................................................        (19)        79         12        (16)      (616)
Loss from discontinued operations.......................................     --         --             (2)        (1)        (1)
Gain on disposal of home centers segment, net of tax(k).................     --         --             17     --         --
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary items and cumulative effect on
  accounting changes....................................................        (19)        79         27        (17)      (617)
Extraordinary items, net of tax(l)......................................         (1)        (2)        (4)      (106)        (5)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting changes..........        (20)        77         23       (123)      (622)
Cumulative effect of accounting changes, net of tax(m)..................     --         --         --            (40)    --
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net earnings (loss).....................................................        (20)        77         23       (163)      (622)
Less: non-cash preferred stock accretion and dividend requirements......        (19)       (19)       (19)       (19)       (18)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholder(n)...............  $     (39) $      58  $       4  $    (182) $    (640)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(o)...................................     --          1.26x      1.09x     --         --
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Deficiency in earnings available to cover fixed charges(p)..............  $      37  $  --      $  --      $      37  $     609
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  AS OF
                                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                       FEB. 1,      FEB. 3,     JAN. 28,     JAN. 29,     JAN. 30,
                                                                        1997         1996         1995         1994         1993
                                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets.......................................................   $   1,017    $   1,009    $   1,029    $   1,138    $   1,114
Working capital deficiency.........................................         176          164          124          108           83
Obligations under capital leases, long-term........................         176          140          127          132          127
Other long-term debt, net of current maturities....................       1,213        1,242        1,353        1,415        1,278
Cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock.................         105          104          102          100           99
Stockholder's deficit..............................................       1,258        1,222        1,280        1,285        1,103
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
(a) The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to January 31 of the
    following calendar year. Fiscal years consist of 52 weeks, except for 53
    weeks in Fiscal 1995.
 
(b) Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' consolidated
    financial statements to conform to the Fiscal 1996 presentation, the most
    significant of which was the Company's change in reporting of Pathmark
    coupon expenses (excluding manufacturers' coupons). Prior to this change,
    Pathmark coupon expenses, net of any vendor reimbursements, were recorded in
    selling, general and administrative expenses. As a result of this change,
    Pathmark gross coupon expenses have now been recorded as a reduction of
    sales with any vendor reimbursements being recorded as a reduction of cost
    of goods sold.
 
(c) In Fiscal 1996, depreciation and amortization includes a $5 million pretax
    charge to write down certain fixed assets held for sale to their estimated
    net realizable values. See Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
    Statements at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K.
 
(d) During Fiscal 1996, the Company recorded a pretax charge of $9 million for
    reorganization and restructuring costs related to its administrative
    operations. See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at
    Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K.
 
(e) During Fiscal 1996, the Company recorded a pretax charge of $9 million
    related to unfavorable lease commitments of certain unprofitable stores in
    the Company's southern region. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated
    Financial Statements at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K.
 
(f) In connection with the Recapitalization in Fiscal 1993, the Company recorded
    a pretax charge of $17 million related to reorganization and restructuring
    costs.
 
(g) During Fiscal 1993, the Company decided to close or dispose of five stores
    and recorded a pretax charge of $6 million.
 
(h) Prior to Fiscal 1995, interest expense was net of interest charged to
    discontinued operations.
 
(i) During Fiscal 1995, the Company decided to dispose of its 36 freestanding
    drug stores. See Note 22 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K.
 
(j) During Fiscal 1995, the Company sold its remaining investment in Purity for
    a gain of $16 million in connection with the sale of Purity to the Stop &
    Shop Companies, Inc. See Note 23 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
    Statements at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K. During Fiscal 1992, the
    Company recorded a gain of $2 million related to the disposal of the Purity
    Operations.
 
(k) During Fiscal 1994, the Company sold its home centers segment, which
    resulted in a gain on sale of $17 million, net of $2 million of income
    taxes. See Note 24 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item
    8, Part II of this Form 10-K.
 
(l) During Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, the Company recorded
    extraordinary charges of $1 million, $2 million and $4 million,
    respectively, net of an income tax benefit, related to the early
    extinguishment of debt. See Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
    Statements at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K. During Fiscal 1993, in
    connection with the Recapitalization, the Company recorded an extraordinary
    charge of $106 million, net of an income tax benefit of $9 million, related
    to the early extinguishment of debt. During Fiscal 1992, the Company
    recorded an extraordinary charge of $5 million, net of an income tax benefit
    of $3 million, related to the early extinguishment of debt.
 
(m) The cumulative effect of accounting changes in Fiscal 1993 of $40 million,
    net of an income tax benefit of $29 million, reflects the adoption of
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106,
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
            NOTES TO SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
    "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions"; the
    adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, "Employers'
    Accounting for Postemployment Benefits"; the change in the method utilized
    to calculate last-in-first-out (LIFO) inventories; and the change in the
    determination of the discount rate utilized to record the present value of
    certain noncurrent liabilities. All of the accounting changes were made as
    of the beginning of Fiscal 1993.
 
(n) On February 4, 1991, the Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of SMG-II
    through the consummation of an exchange offer whereby the then existing
    stockholders exchanged on a one-for-one basis shares of the Company's common
    stock for shares of common stock of SMG-II. Since the Company is a wholly
    owned subsidiary, earnings (loss) per share information is not presented.
 
(o) For the purpose of this calculation, earnings before fixed charges consist
    of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed
    charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on all indebtedness
    (including amortization of deferred debt issuance costs) and the portion of
    operating lease rental expense that is representative of the interest factor
    (deemed to be one-third of operating lease rentals). In addition, for Fiscal
    1995, the inclusion of preferred stock dividend requirements results in a
    ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stocks dividends of 1.09x.
    For Fiscal 1994, the inclusion of preferred stock dividend requirements
    results in a deficiency in earnings available to cover fixed charges and
    preferred stock dividends of approximately $7 million.
 
(p) For purposes of determining the deficiency in earnings available to cover
    fixed charges, earnings are defined as earnings (loss) from continuing
    operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of
    interest expense on all indebtedness (including amortization of deferred
    debt issuance costs) and the portion of operating lease rental expense that
    is representative of the interest factor (deemed to be one-third of
    operating lease rentals).
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
  OF OPERATIONS
 
    The matters discussed herein, with the exception of historical information,
are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are subject to
risks, uncertainties and other factors which could cause actual results to
differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are
not limited to, the competitive environment in which the Company operates and
the general economic conditions in the Company's trading areas.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS:  Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior
years' consolidated financial statements to conform to the Fiscal 1996
presentation, the most significant of which was the Company's change in
reporting of Pathmark coupon expenses (excluding manufacturers' coupons). Prior
to this change, Pathmark coupon expenses, net of any vendor reimbursements, were
recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses. As a result of this
change, Pathmark gross coupon expenses have now been recorded as a reduction of
sales, with any vendor reimbursements being recorded as a reduction of cost of
goods sold. Prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current
presentation.
 
    FISCAL 1996 (52-WEEK YEAR) V. FISCAL 1995 (53-WEEK YEAR)
 
    SALES:  Sales in Fiscal 1996 were $3.71 billion compared to $3.97 billion in
Fiscal 1995. Sales comparisons were impacted by the extra week in the prior year
and the disposition of the freestanding drug stores during Fiscal 1995. Sales
generated by the freestanding drug stores were $110.8 million in Fiscal 1995.
Same store sales from supermarkets decreased 2.8% for the year primarily due to
a significant increase in competitive new store openings and remodels,
particularly in the Company's southern region. During Fiscal 1996, the Company
opened four new Pathmark 2000 format stores, two of which replaced smaller
stores, and completed 21 major renovations and enlargements to existing
supermarkets. Two stores were closed and not replaced during the year. At Fiscal
1996 year end, the Company operated 144 supermarkets, including 53 Pathmark 2000
format stores, compared with the end of Fiscal 1995 when the Company operated
144 supermarkets, including 44 Pathmark 2000 format stores.
 
    GROSS PROFIT:  Gross profit in Fiscal 1996 was $1.09 billion or 29.4% of
sales compared with $1.13 billion or 28.6% of sales in Fiscal 1995. Excluding
the impact of the disposition of the freestanding drug stores, gross profit as a
percentage of sales was 28.8% in Fiscal 1995. The improvement in gross profit,
as a percentage of sales in Fiscal 1996 compared to Fiscal 1995, was primarily
due to increased focus on merchandising programs, the impact of the disposition
of the freestanding drug stores, as well as the Company's continuing emphasis on
the Pathmark 2000 format stores which allow expanded variety in all departments
particularly high margin perishables. The decrease in gross profit was primarily
attributable to the lower sales. The cost of goods sold comparisons were
affected by a pretax LIFO credit of $1.3 million and a pretax LIFO charge of
$1.1 million in Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995, respectively.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ("SG&A"):  SG&A decreased $8.5
million or 1.0% for Fiscal 1996 compared with Fiscal 1995. SG&A, on a proforma
basis eliminating the SG&A impact of the freestanding drug stores, increased
2.0% in Fiscal 1996 compared to Fiscal 1995. As a percentage of sales, SG&A were
23.1% in Fiscal 1996, up from 21.8% in Fiscal 1995 due to the impact of lower
sales, higher labor and labor related expenses, claims expenses and occupancy
costs, partially offset by lower advertising expenses and the impact of the
disposition of the freestanding drug stores in Fiscal 1995. SG&A for Fiscal 1996
also included a first quarter provision of $5.8 million representing the
termination costs for two former executives of the Company, a first quarter gain
of $5.6 million recognized on the sale of certain real estate and a second
quarter curtailment gain of $2.0 million due to the elimination of
postretirement medical coverage for active non-union associates. SG&A for Fiscal
1995 also included a fourth quarter gain of $3.4 million recognized on the sale
of a former warehouse of Purity, a previously divested company.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION:  Depreciation and amortization of $89.1 in
Fiscal 1996 was $8.6 million higher than $80.5 million in Fiscal 1995. The
increase for Fiscal 1996 was primarily due to a pretax charge of $5.4 million to
write down certain fixed assets held for sale, principally in the Company's
southern region, to their estimated net realizable values and capital
expenditures. Depreciation and amortization excludes video tape amortization,
which is recorded in cost of goods sold, of $3.1 million and $2.8 million in
Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995, respectively.
 
    RESTRUCTURING CHARGE:  During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company
recorded a pretax charge of $9.1 million for reorganization and restructuring
costs related to its administrative operations. The restructuring charge
included $4.2 million for the costs of a voluntary early retirement program and
$1.2 million for severance and termination benefits. The remaining charge of
$3.7 million primarily relates to consulting fees incurred in connection with
the restructuring and exit costs for facility consolidation.
 
    LEASE COMMITMENT CHARGE:  During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996, the
Company decided to divest a group of its southern region stores, certain of
which have experienced unprofitable operating results. The Company concluded
that the operating losses being experienced by these stores were other than
temporary and that the projected operating results of such stores would not be
sufficient to recover their long-lived assets and their contractual lease
commitments. Further, the Company believes that these lease costs will not be
significantly recoverable through any future sublease. Therefore, the Company
recorded a $8.8 million pretax charge related to these unfavorable lease
commitments in, addition to writing down the long-lived assets of these stores
(see "DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION" above).
 
    OPERATING EARNINGS:  Operating earnings for Fiscal 1996 were $127.2 million
compared with $188.0 million for Fiscal 1995. The decrease in operating earnings
during Fiscal 1996 compared to Fiscal 1995 was due to lower sales, higher
depreciation and amortization expense, the restructuring charge and the lease
commitment charge, partially offset by lower SG&A.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE:  Interest expense was $164.1 million for Fiscal 1996
compared to $171.0 million in Fiscal 1995 primarily due to reductions in the
Term Loan and the reduction in the amortization of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed
Debentures original issue discount, as a result of their early paydown, along
with lower interest rates.
 
    INCOME TAXES:  The income tax benefit for Fiscal 1996 was $17.7 million. The
income tax benefit for Fiscal 1995 was $29.8 million, reflecting the reversal of
the valuation allowance of $26.8 million related to the Company's deferred
income tax assets. The reversal was recorded in conjunction with the Company's
continuing evaluation of its deferred income tax assets. In the opinion of
management, sufficient evidence continues to exists, which indicates that it is
more likely than not, that the Company will be able to realize its deferred
income tax assets.
 
    During Fiscal 1996, the Company made income tax payments of $4.7 million and
received income tax refunds of $8.1 million. During Fiscal 1995, the Company
made income tax payments of $3.9 million and received income tax refunds of
$10.3 million.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS:  During the first quarter of Fiscal 1996, in connection
with the termination of the Plainbridge credit agreement due to the
reacquisition of Plainbridge by Pathmark, the Company wrote off deferred
financing fees, resulting in a net loss on early extinguishment of debt of $0.7
million. During the first quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company also made a
paydown of $3.2 million of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures, including
premium and original issue discount, resulting in a net loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $0.1 million. During the second quarter of Fiscal
1996, in connection with the proceeds from the sale of certain mortgaged
property, the Company made a mortgage paydown of $5.3 million, including accrued
interest and debt premiums, resulting in a net loss on early extinguishment of
debt of $0.2 million.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
    NET EARNINGS:  The Company's net loss in Fiscal 1996 was $20.1 million
compared to net earnings of $76.5 million in Fiscal 1995. The decrease in net
earnings for Fiscal 1996 compared to Fiscal 1995 was due to lower operating
earnings in Fiscal 1996, the gain on disposition of the freestanding drug
stores, the gain on the disposal of Purity and a higher income tax benefit in
Fiscal 1995, partially offset by lower interest expense in Fiscal 1996.
 
    FISCAL 1995 (53-WEEK YEAR) V. FISCAL 1994 (52-WEEK YEAR)
 
    SALES:  Sales were $3.97 billion in both Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994. The
decrease in sales, due to the sale of the freestanding drug stores on July 28,
1995, was offset by sales for the extra week in Fiscal 1995. Same store sales
from supermarkets decreased 0.3% for the year. During Fiscal 1995, the Company
opened five supermarkets, of which three replaced older, smaller stores and
completed 18 renovations and enlargements. One store was closed and not replaced
during the year. At Fiscal 1995 year end, the Company operated 144 supermarkets,
including 44 Pathmark 2000 format stores, compared with the end of Fiscal 1994
when the Company operated 143 supermarkets, including 29 Pathmark 2000 format
stores. The Company operated one freestanding drug store at Fiscal 1995 year end
compared to 36 freestanding drug stores at the end of Fiscal 1994 (see
"DISPOSITION OF FREESTANDING DRUG STORES" below).
 
    GROSS PROFIT:  Gross profit in Fiscal 1995 was $1.13 billion or 28.6% of
sales compared with $1.10 billion or 27.8% of sales in Fiscal 1994. The
improvement in gross profit, as a percentage of sales for Fiscal 1995 compared
to Fiscal 1994, was primarily due to increased focus on merchandising programs
as well as to the Company's continuing emphasis on the Pathmark 2000 format
stores, which allow expanded variety in all departments, particularly higher
margin perishables and lower inventory shrink. The cost of goods sold
comparisons were affected by a pretax LIFO charge of $1.1 million and a pretax
LIFO credit of $0.7 million for Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, respectively.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ("SG&A"):  SG&A increased $14.7
million or 1.7% in Fiscal 1995 compared with Fiscal 1994. SG&A, on a proforma
basis eliminating the SG&A impact of the freestanding drug stores in last year's
third and fourth quarter, increased 4.0% in Fiscal 1995 compared to Fiscal 1994.
As a percentage of sales, SG&A were 21.8% in Fiscal 1995, up from 21.4% in
Fiscal 1994, due to higher claims expenses, occupancy costs and supplies,
partially offset by lower promotional costs and labor and labor related
expenses, along with weather related expenses that adversely affected the first
quarter of Fiscal 1994. SG&A for Fiscal 1995 also included a fourth quarter gain
of $3.4 million recognized on the sale of a former warehouse of Purity, a
previously divested company.
 
    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION:  Depreciation and amortization of $80.5
million in Fiscal 1995 was $4.9 million higher than the $75.6 million in Fiscal
1994. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for Fiscal 1995 was
primarily due to capital expenditures. Depreciation and amortization excludes
video tape amortization, which is recorded in cost of goods sold, of $2.8
million and $2.6 million in Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, respectively.
 
    OPERATING EARNINGS:  Operating earnings for Fiscal 1995 were $188.0 million
compared with the $175.9 million in Fiscal 1994. The increase in operating
earnings in Fiscal 1995 compared to Fiscal 1994 was due to higher gross profit,
partially offset by higher SG&A and depreciation and amortization expenses.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE:  Interest expense was $171.0 million for Fiscal 1995
compared to $170.8 million in Fiscal 1994 due to the higher interest rates on
the Company's floating rate bank debt and higher interest related to the
Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes and obligations under capital leases, partially
offset by the reduction in the amortization of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed
Debentures original issue discount as a result of the paydown of such debt.
During Fiscal 1994, the Company allocated $11.0 million of interest expense to
discontinued operations.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    DISPOSITION OF FREESTANDING DRUG STORES:  During the second quarter of
Fiscal 1995, the Company made a decision to dispose of its 36 freestanding drug
stores and, on July 28, 1995, through its Pathmark subsidiary, completed the
sale of 30 of its freestanding drug stores to Rite Aid Corporation, including
merchandise inventory, for $59.9 million. The Company recorded a pretax gain on
the disposition of its freestanding drug stores of $15.5 million, net of a $19.0
million charge related to the estimated exit costs of the remaining six
freestanding drug stores. Five of the remaining six freestanding drug stores
were closed during Fiscal 1995 and the sixth store closed during the second
quarter of Fiscal 1996.
 
    DISPOSAL OF PURITY SUPREME, INC.:  During Fiscal 1995, in connection with
the sale of Purity to the Stop & Shop Companies, Inc., the Company sold its
remaining investment in Purity for $16.4 million, the proceeds of which were
used to repay a portion of its PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures. This
transaction resulted in a gain of $16.4 million.
 
    INCOME TAXES:  The income tax benefit of $29.8 million for Fiscal 1995 is
net of reversals through July 29, 1995 of the deferred income tax valuation
allowance totaling $26.8 million related to the Company's deferred income tax
assets. The reversal was recorded in conjunction with the Company's continuing
evaluation of its deferred income tax assets. In the opinion of management,
sufficient evidence exists, such as the positive trend in earnings, which
indicates that it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to
realize its deferred income tax assets. The income tax provision was $4.1
million for Fiscal 1994.
 
    As a result of the sale of the Company's investment in Purity, the Company
generated a capital loss of approximately $69.5 million, due to a stock basis
differential of its investment. During Fiscal 1995, the Company utilized $42.9
million of these capital losses, primarily from the sale of the freestanding
drug stores, resulting in a capital loss carryforward at February 3, 1996 of
$26.6 million (a $9.3 million tax benefit). The Company has reserved a valuation
allowance of $8.3 million related to the deferred tax capital loss carryforward
of $9.3 million after giving effect to certain tax planning strategies expected
to be implemented in Fiscal 1996.
 
    During Fiscal 1995, the Company made income tax payments of $3.9 million and
received income tax refunds of $10.3 million. During Fiscal 1994, the Company
made income tax payments of $6.5 million and received income tax refunds of
$25.9 million.
 
    SUMMARY OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS:  Earnings from continuing operations
before extraordinary items were $78.7 million compared to $12.0 million for
Fiscal 1994. The increase in earnings from continuing operations for Fiscal 1995
was primarily due to the gain on disposition of freestanding drug stores, the
gain on the disposal of Purity, higher operating earnings and the tax benefit
due to the reversal of the valuation allowance related to the Company's net
deferred income tax assets.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS:  During Fiscal 1995, in connection with the proceeds
from the sale of the remaining Purity investment, the sale of the freestanding
drug stores and the sale of the home centers segment, the Company was required
to make a paydown of PTK DIB's. The premium paid, including original issue
discount, resulted in a net loss on early extinguishment of debt of $2.2
million.
 
    NET EARNINGS:  Net earnings were $76.5 million in Fiscal 1995 compared to
$23.2 million in Fiscal 1994. Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994 included an
extraordinary item related to the net loss on early extinguishment of debt of
$2.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively. Fiscal 1994 included the gain on
disposal of home centers segment of $17.0 million and a loss from discontinued
operations of $2.1 million.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
    DEBT SERVICE:  During Fiscal 1996, total debt decreased $6.6 million from
Fiscal 1995 year end primarily due to Pathmark term loan repayments under the
Bank Credit Agreement (the "Term Loan") of $44.8 million, and the paydown of the
PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures, partially offset by
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
borrowings under the Pathmark Working Capital Facility and debt accretion on
Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes (as defined in Note 10 of the Notes of
Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K) and PTK
Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures. Borrowings under the Pathmark Working
Capital Facility were $73.5 million at February 1, 1997 and have increased to
$79.0 million at April 29, 1997.
 
    During the third quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company sold three of its
supermarket properties for $19.3 million, net of fees of $1.4 million and income
taxes of $0.7 million and simultaneously leased back the properties. The net
proceeds were used to paydown debt, primarily the Working Capital Facility.
 
    During Fiscal 1996, Pathmark twice amended its existing Bank Credit
Agreement. In conjunction with the reacquisition of the Plainbridge capital
stock, the outstanding obligations of Plainbridge under its bank credit
agreement were satisfied by the Company and the Plainbridge bank credit
agreement was terminated. Pathmark simultaneously entered into an amendment to
its Bank Credit Agreement with its existing lenders increasing the Pathmark's
Working Capital Facility from $175 million to $200 million (of which the maximum
of $125.0 million can be in letters of credit) to satisfy any additional
liquidity needs and prospectively modifying certain of its financial covenants
to take into account the operations of Plainbridge. In December 1996, Pathmark
amended its Bank Credit Agreement with existing lenders modifying certain of its
covenants, including those concerning the generation of minimum levels of cash
flow (as defined), minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage rates.
 
    The Company is required to repay a portion of its borrowings under the Term
Loan each year, so as to retire such indebtedness in its entirety by Fiscal
1999. The Company is also required to make sinking fund payments on the
Subordinated Notes (as defined in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K) in the amount of 25% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes on each of June
15, 2000 and June 15, 2001. The Subordinated Debentures (as defined in Note 10
of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8, Part II of this
Form 10-K) and the remaining Subordinated Notes mature on June 15, 2002. The
Senior Subordinated Notes (as defined in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K) and the Deferred
Coupon Notes mature in Fiscal 2003. The Company has no payment obligations,
through intercompany notes or otherwise, with respect to its parent's
indebtedness.
 
    The indebtedness under the Working Capital Facility and the Pathmark Term
Loan bear interest at floating rates and cash interest payments on such
indebtedness may vary in future years. The Company does not currently maintain
any interest rate hedging arrangements due to the reasonable risk that near term
interest rates will not rise significantly. The Company is continuously
evaluating this risk and will implement interest rate hedging arrangements if
deemed appropriate.
 
    The majority of the cash interest payments are scheduled in the second and
fourth quarters.
 
    The amounts of principal payments required each year on outstanding
long-term debt (excluding the original issue discount with respect to the
Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes and the PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures)
are as follows (dollars in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      PRINCIPAL
FISCAL YEARS                                                                          PAYMENTS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
1997...............................................................................   $    74.4
1998...............................................................................       155.7
1999...............................................................................       127.2
2000...............................................................................        50.6
2001...............................................................................        50.0
2002...............................................................................       195.8
2003...............................................................................       633.8
</TABLE>
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    LIQUIDITY:  The consolidated financial statements of the Company indicate
that, at February 1, 1997, current liabilities exceeded current assets by $175.8
million and stockholder's deficit was $1.26 billion. Management believes that
cash flows generated from operations, supplemented by the unused borrowing
capacity under the Working Capital Facility (refer to Notes 1 and 10 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8, Part II of this Form 10-K)
and the availability of capital lease financing will be sufficient to pay the
Company's debts as they come due, provide for its capital expenditure program
and meet its other cash requirements.
 
    The Company believes that it will be able to make the scheduled payments or
refinance its obligations with respect to its indebtedness through a combination
of operating funds and borrowing facilities. Future refinancing will be
necessary if cash flow from operations is not sufficient to meet its debt
service requirements related to the maturity of a portion of the Pathmark Term
Loan, the Pathmark Working Capital Facility and certain mortgages in Fiscal
1998, the amortization and subsequent maturity of the Pathmark Term Loan in
Fiscal 1999 and the maturity of the Pathmark Subordinated Notes and Pathmark
Subordinated Debentures in Fiscal 2002. The Company expects that it will be
necessary to refinance all or a portion of the Pathmark Senior Subordinated
Notes, the Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes due in Fiscal 2003 and the PTK
Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures due in Fiscal 2003. The Company may undertake
a refinancing of some or all of such indebtedness sometime prior to its
maturity. The Bank Credit Agreement includes an annual cleandown provision
requiring borrowings under the Company's Working Capital Facility not to exceed
$60.0 million for a period of 30 consecutive days. The Company was in compliance
with its various debt covenants at February 1, 1997 and, based on management's
operating projections for Fiscal 1997, the Company believes that it will be able
to satisfy this cleandown provision and continue to be in compliance with its
other debt covenants. The Company's ability to make scheduled payments, to
refinance or otherwise meet its obligations with respect to its indebtedness
depends on its financial and operating performance, which, in turn, is subject
to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors
beyond its control. Although the Company's cash flow from its operations and
borrowings has been sufficient to meet its debt service obligations, there can
be no assurance that the Company's operating results will continue to be
sufficient or that future borrowing facilities will be available for payment or
refinancing of Pathmark's and PTK's indebtedness or that future borrowing
facilities will be available.
 
    The Company is currently holding discussions with its lenders with respect
to refinancing its Bank Credit Agreement. The Pathmark Working Capital Facility
expires in July 1998 and the Pathmark Term Loan matures in Fiscal 1999.
Management believes it will successfully refinance this debt, however, there can
be no assurances that the refinancing will occur or that the terms associated
with any such new agreement will be more favorable to the Company. While it is
the Company's intention to enter into other refinancings that it considers
advantageous, there can be no assurances that the prevailing market conditions
will be favorable to the Company. In the event the Company obtains any future
refinancing on less than favorable terms, the holders of outstanding
indebtedness could experience increased credit risk and could experience a
decrease in the market value of their investment, because the Company might be
forced to operate under terms that would restrict its operations and might find
its cash flow reduced.
 
    PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS:  The terms of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock
provide for cumulative quarterly dividends at an annual rate of $3.52 per share
when, and if declared by the Board of Directors of Holdings. Dividends for the
first 20 quarterly dividend periods (through October 15, 1992) were paid at the
Company's option in additional shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock. Since
January 15, 1993 dividends not paid in cash will cumulate at the rate of $3.52
per share per annum, without interest, until declared and paid. As of February
1, 1997, unpaid dividends of $73.2 million were accrued and included in other
noncurrent liabilities.
 
    CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:  Capital expenditures for Fiscal 1996, including
property acquired under capital leases, were $94.7 million compared to $110.7
million for Fiscal 1995 and $105.3 million for Fiscal 1994. During Fiscal 1996,
the Company opened four new Pathmark 2000 format stores, two of which replaced
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
smaller stores, and completed 21 major renovations and enlargements. During
Fiscal 1997, the Company plans to open up to three new Pathmark 2000 format
stores (one of which has already opened), and to complete up to an aggregate of
ten major renovations and enlargements.
 
    CASH FLOWS:  Cash provided by operating activities amounted to $77.6 million
in Fiscal 1996 compared to $136.6 million in Fiscal 1995. The decrease in net
cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a decline in net
earnings and by a decrease in cash provided by operating assets and liabilities.
Cash used for investing activities in Fiscal 1996 was $47.0 million due to
expenditures of property and equipment, partially offset by proceeds from
property dispositions. Cash provided by investing activities in Fiscal 1995 was
$15.6 million, primarily due to the net proceeds from the disposition of the
freestanding drug stores of $59.9 million, the net proceeds from the disposal of
Purity of $16.4 million, the net proceeds from the sale of real estate of $3.4
million and the proceeds of $4.7 million related to the disposal of the home
centers segment, partially offset by expenditures of property and equipment of
$69.6 million. Cash used for financing activities in Fiscal 1996 was $32.1
million compared to $162.9 million in the prior-year period. The decrease in
cash used for financing activities is primarily due to an increase in borrowings
under the Working Capital Facility, the proceeds from the lease financing of
three supermarket locations, a decrease in the repayment of PTK Exchangeable
Guaranteed Debentures and a paydown of $25.0 million on the Term Loan in Fiscal
1995 in conjunction with the disposition of the freestanding drug stores.
 
    Cash provided by operating activities amounted to $136.6 million in Fiscal
1995 compared to $111.1 million in Fiscal 1994. The increase in net cash
provided by operating activities was primarily due to an increase in net
earnings, partially offset by a decrease in cash provided by operating assets
and liabilities. Cash provided by investing activities in Fiscal 1995 was $15.6
million, primarily due to the net proceeds from the disposition of the
freestanding drug stores of $59.9 million, the net proceeds from the disposal of
Purity of $16.4 million, the net proceeds from the sale of real estate of $3.4
million and the proceeds of $4.7 million related to the disposal of the home
centers segment, partially offset by expenditures of property and equipment of
$69.6 million, compared to cash used for investing activities of $1.6 million in
Fiscal 1994, primarily reflecting the expenditures for property and equipment of
$84.0 million, net of the proceeds of the home centers segment of $81.1 million.
Cash used for financing activities in Fiscal 1995 was $162.9 million compared to
$92.5 million in the prior-year period. The increase in cash used for financing
activities is primarily due to a decrease in borrowings under the Working
Capital Facilities and a paydown of $25.0 million on the Pathmark Term Loan.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            52 WEEKS      53 WEEKS      52 WEEKS
                                                                             ENDED         ENDED         ENDED
                                                                          FEBRUARY 1,   FEBRUARY 3,   JANUARY 28,
                                                                              1997          1996          1995
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Sales...................................................................  $  3,710,990  $  3,972,070  $  3,968,511
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown
  separately below).....................................................     2,619,329     2,837,687     2,865,817
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Gross profit............................................................     1,091,661     1,134,383     1,102,694
Selling, general and administrative expenses............................       857,374       865,851       851,128
Depreciation and amortization...........................................        89,139        80,535        75,632
Restructuring charge....................................................         9,137            --            --
Lease commitment charge.................................................         8,763            --            --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating earnings......................................................       127,248       187,997       175,934
Interest expense........................................................      (164,118)     (170,969)     (170,848)
Interest charged to discontinued operations.............................            --            --        11,035
Gain on disposition of freestanding drug stores.........................            --        15,535            --
Gain on disposal of Purity..............................................            --        16,381            --
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, gain on
  disposal of home centers segment and extraordinary items..............       (36,870)       48,944        16,121
Income tax benefit (provision)..........................................        17,723        29,763        (4,146)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before gain on disposal of
  home centers segment and extraordinary items..........................       (19,147)       78,707        11,975
Loss from discontinued operations.......................................            --            --        (2,099)
Gain on disposal of home centers segment, net of an income tax provision
  of $2,324.............................................................            --            --        17,044
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary items..............................       (19,147)       78,707        26,920
Extraordinary items, net of an income tax benefit of $695 in Fiscal
  1996, $1,506 in Fiscal 1995 and $-- in Fiscal 1994....................          (997)       (2,180)       (3,687)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Net earnings (loss).....................................................       (20,144)       76,527        23,233
Less: non-cash preferred stock accretion and dividend requirements......       (18,954)      (18,889)      (18,828)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
Net earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholder..................  $    (39,098) $     57,638  $      4,405
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                                             1997         1996
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.............................................................   $  10,967    $  12,526
  Accounts receivable, net..............................................................      12,799       10,840
  Merchandise inventories...............................................................     217,440      225,780
  Income taxes receivable...............................................................       2,120        1,163
  Deferred income taxes.................................................................       9,969        8,254
  Prepaid expenses......................................................................      24,970       25,211
  Due from suppliers....................................................................      13,950       13,178
  Other current assets..................................................................       5,942        5,868
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total Current Assets................................................................     298,157      302,820
Property and Equipment, Net.............................................................     604,955      603,832
Deferred Financing Costs, Net...........................................................      28,743       33,685
Deferred Income Taxes...................................................................      39,530       26,805
Other Assets............................................................................      45,200       41,628
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                           $1,016,585   $1,008,770
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
Current Liabilities
  Accounts payable......................................................................   $ 167,446    $ 185,328
  Book overdrafts.......................................................................      41,086       43,989
  Current maturities of long-term debt..................................................      74,431       51,753
  Accrued payroll and payroll taxes.....................................................      56,414       54,427
  Current portion of lease obligations..................................................      23,208       20,684
  Accrued interest payable..............................................................      20,712       19,309
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities........................................      90,629       91,318
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total Current Liabilities...........................................................     473,926      466,808
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
Long-Term Debt..........................................................................   1,213,081    1,242,324
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
Lease Obligations, Long-Term............................................................     175,628      140,166
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
Other Noncurrent Liabilities............................................................     306,733      278,296
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
Redeemable Securities
  Exchangeable Preferred Stock, $.01 par value..........................................     105,372      103,633
  Authorized: 9,000,000 shares
    Issued and outstanding: 4,890,671 shares
    Liquidation preference, $25 per share: $122,267
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total Redeemable Securities.........................................................     105,372      103,633
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 13 and 26)
Stockholder's Deficit
Class A Common Stock $.01 par value.....................................................           7            7
  Authorized: 1,075,000 shares
  Issued and outstanding: 650,675 shares
Class B Common Stock $.01 par value.....................................................           3            3
  Authorized: 1,000,000 shares
  Issued and outstanding: 320,000 shares
Paid-in Capital.........................................................................     199,332      197,671
Accumulated Deficit.....................................................................  (1,457,497)  (1,420,138)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
    Total Stockholder's Deficit.........................................................  (1,258,155)  (1,222,457)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                           $1,016,585   $1,008,770
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       CLASS A        CLASS B                                    TOTAL
                                                       COMMON         COMMON       PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                        STOCK          STOCK       CAPITAL       DEFICIT        DEFICIT
                                                    -------------  -------------  ----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>
Balance, January 29, 1994.........................    $       7      $       3    $  200,748  $  (1,485,468) $  (1,284,710)
  Net earnings....................................           --             --            --         23,233         23,233
  Accrued dividends on preferred stock ($3.52 per
    share)........................................           --             --            --        (17,215)       (17,215)
  Accretion on preferred stock....................           --             --        (1,613)            --         (1,613)
                                                            ---            ---    ----------  -------------  -------------
Balance, January 28, 1995.........................            7              3       199,135     (1,479,450)    (1,280,305)
  Net earnings....................................           --             --            --         76,527         76,527
  Accrued dividends on preferred stock ($3.52 per
    share)........................................           --             --            --        (17,215)       (17,215)
  Accretion on preferred stock....................           --             --        (1,674)            --         (1,674)
  Capital contribution from SMG-II Holdings
    Corporation...................................           --             --           210             --            210
                                                            ---            ---    ----------  -------------  -------------
Balance, February 3, 1996.........................            7              3       197,671     (1,420,138)    (1,222,457)
  Net loss........................................           --             --            --        (20,144)       (20,144)
  Accrued dividends on preferred stock ($3.52 per
    share)........................................           --             --            --        (17,215)       (17,215)
  Accretion on preferred stock....................           --             --        (1,739)            --         (1,739)
  Capital contribution from SMG-II Holdings
    Corporation...................................           --             --         3,400             --          3,400
                                                            ---            ---    ----------  -------------  -------------
Balance, February 1, 1997.........................    $       7      $       3    $  199,332  $  (1,457,497) $  (1,258,155)
                                                            ---            ---    ----------  -------------  -------------
                                                            ---            ---    ----------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    52 WEEKS     53 WEEKS     52 WEEKS
                                                                                      ENDED        ENDED        ENDED
                                                                                   FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,  JANUARY 28,
                                                                                      1997         1996         1995
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Operating Activities
  Net earnings (loss)............................................................   $ (20,144)   $  76,527    $  23,233
  Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Depreciation and amortization................................................      92,668       83,390       78,220
    Deferred income tax benefit..................................................     (14,674)     (30,726)      (3,815)
    Interest accruable but not payable...........................................      16,678       15,028       13,541
    Amortization of original issue discount......................................       3,124        6,646       12,855
    Amortization of debt issuance costs..........................................       7,426        7,140        7,028
    (Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment............................      (5,347)         200         (252)
    Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt...........................         997        2,180        3,687
    Gain on disposition of freestanding drug stores..............................          --      (15,535)          --
    Gain on disposal of Purity...................................................          --      (16,381)          --
    Gain on sale of real estate..................................................          --       (3,371)          --
    Gain on disposal of home centers segment.....................................          --           --      (17,044)
    Loss from discontinued operations............................................          --           --        2,099
    Cash provided by (used for) operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable, net...................................................      (1,959)       2,540        1,627
      Merchandise inventories....................................................       8,340       15,671        2,551
      Income taxes...............................................................        (262)       8,099       14,666
      Prepaid expenses...........................................................      (2,886)      (1,630)     (10,724)
      Due from suppliers.........................................................        (772)       5,078          482
      Other current assets.......................................................      (1,789)       6,362       (9,778)
      Other assets...............................................................       1,351       (4,535)      (2,554)
      Accounts payable...........................................................     (17,882)      (9,038)     (21,985)
      Accrued payroll and payroll taxes..........................................       1,987          789         (944)
      Accrued interest payable...................................................       1,403         (363)       3,039
      Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.............................      (1,919)      (6,972)       1,595
      Other noncurrent liabilities...............................................      11,222       (4,487)      13,598
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
        Cash provided by operating activities....................................      77,562      136,612      111,125
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
Investing Activities
  Property and equipment expenditures............................................     (55,184)     (69,615)     (83,981)
  Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment............................       8,170          896        1,262
  Net proceeds from disposition of freestanding drug stores......................          --       59,876           --
  Net proceeds from disposal of Purity...........................................          --       16,381           --
  Net proceeds from sale of real estate..........................................          --        3,371           --
  Net proceeds from disposal of home centers segment.............................          --        4,706       81,147
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
        Cash provided by (used for) investing activities.........................     (47,014)      15,615       (1,572)
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
Financing Activities
  Increase (decrease) in Pathmark Working Capital Facility borrowings............      27,500      (17,000)      25,500
  Decrease in Pathmark Term Loan.................................................     (44,828)     (60,295)     (36,750)
  Increase (decrease) in book overdrafts.........................................      (2,903)      (1,397)       5,458
  Increase in other borrowings...................................................       2,052          895        3,676
  Repayment of other long-term borrowings........................................      (8,085)      (5,207)      (5,527)
  Reduction in lease obligations.................................................     (20,090)     (18,224)     (17,275)
  Proceeds from lease financing..................................................      21,405           --           --
  Repayment of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures............................      (3,007)     (57,870)     (62,892)
  Premiums incurred in redemption of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures and
    other borrowings.............................................................        (554)      (3,686)      (3,687)
  Deferred financing fees........................................................      (3,597)        (374)        (977)
  Capital contribution from SMG II Holdings Corporation..........................          --          210           --
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
        Cash used for financing activities.......................................     (32,107)    (162,948)     (92,474)
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.................................      (1,559)     (10,721)      17,079
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.................................      12,526       23,247        6,168
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.......................................   $  10,967    $  12,526    $  23,247
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1--BUSINESS
 
    ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:
 
    Supermarkets General Holdings Corporation (the "Company" or "Holdings"),
through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary Pathmark Stores, Inc. ("Pathmark"),
operated 144 supermarkets as of February 1, 1997, primarily in the New York-New
Jersey and Philadelphia metropolitan areas, and is a wholly owned subsidiary of
SMG-II Holdings Corporation ("SMG-II").
 
    Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiary, SMG Acquisition Corporation
("SMG"), were formed by Merrill Lynch Capital Partners, Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., ("ML&Co."), to effect the acquisition
(the "Acquisition") of Supermarkets General Corporation ("Old Supermarkets"). On
June 15, 1987, Holdings completed the first step in the Acquisition when it
acquired 32,800,000 shares (approximately 85%) of Old Supermarkets' common stock
through a tender offer by SMG. The remaining outstanding common stock of Old
Supermarkets was acquired by Holdings on October 5, 1987 when SMG was merged
with and into Old Supermarkets pursuant to a merger agreement dated April 22,
1987, as amended.
 
    The Acquisition was accounted for as a purchase, and accordingly, Holdings
recorded the assets and liabilities of Old Supermarkets at their fair values at
the date of the Acquisition. The tax basis for the assets and liabilities
acquired was retained.
 
    In October 1989, Old Supermarkets adopted a plan of liquidation pursuant to
which it was liquidated into three wholly owned subsidiaries of Holdings. In
November 1989, pursuant to such plan, Old Supermarkets transferred substantially
all of the assets of its Purity Supreme division to two of the three
above-mentioned wholly owned subsidiaries, Purity Supreme, Inc. and Li'l Peach
Corp., and said subsidiaries assumed substantially all of the liabilities of Old
Supermarkets related to such division. Old Supermarkets completed the
liquidation just prior to the year ended February 3, 1990, by merging with the
third of the above-mentioned wholly owned subsidiaries, which retained the name
Supermarkets General Corporation ("Supermarkets"). On December 17, 1991, Purity
Supreme, Inc. and Li'l Peach Corp. (collectively, "Purity") were sold. The
Company retained a 10% common equity in Purity and a new issue of Purity
exchangeable preferred stock, and such securities, were sold in Fiscal 1995 (see
Note 23).
 
    On November 15, 1990, SMG-II Holdings Corporation, a then newly incorporated
Delaware corporation ("SMG-II"), commenced offers to purchase for cash up to
$155.5 million principal amount of the Company's Junior Subordinated Discount
Debentures (the "Discount Debenture Offer") and up to 1.7 million shares of the
Company's Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Exchangeable
Preferred Stock Offer"). Concurrently with the Discount Debenture Offer and the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Offer, SMG-II commenced an exchange offer (the
"Exchange Offer", together with the Discount Debenture Offer and the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Offer, the "Offers") pursuant to which the then
existing common stockholders of the Company could exchange, on a one-for-one
basis, shares of the Company's common stock for shares of SMG-II's common stock.
The Offers were subsequently amended to provide for offers to purchase up to
$110.0 million principal amount of the Company's Junior Subordinated Discount
Debentures (the "Discount Debentures") and up to 3.4 million shares of the
Company's Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Exchangeable
Preferred Stock").
 
    In February 1991, SMG-II purchased approximately $74.1 million principal
amount of the Discount Debentures at 33% of their principal amount and 2.7
million shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock at $7.00 net per share, pursuant
to the Discount Debenture Offer and the Exchangeable Preferred Stock Offer,
respectively. In addition, all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock
were exchanged
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1--BUSINESS (CONTINUED)
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. As a result of the Exchange Offer, SMG-II owns
all of the Company's common stock and is effectively a holding company for the
operations of the Company. SMG-II financed these purchases by selling 417,500
shares of its Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the "SMG-II Preferred
Stock") for an aggregate purchase price of $83.5 million to various
institutional investors. The holders of SMG-II's voting and non-voting common
stock and SMG-II Preferred Stock include certain limited partnerships controlled
directly or indirectly by Merrill Lynch Capital Partners, Inc. and certain
indirectly wholly owned subsidiaries of ML & Co. ML & Co. beneficially owns
approximately 88.6% of the outstanding stock of SMG-II, and accordingly,
controls SMG-II and, indirectly, the Company.
 
    Subsequent to the completion of the Offers in Fiscal 1991, SMG-II acquired,
through open market transactions,approximately $21.3 million principal amount of
Discount Debentures, $9.8 million principal amount of the Company's 14.5% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 1997 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") and 94,900 shares
of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, and made a capital contribution to the Company
of such securities together with the amounts of the Discount Debentures and the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to the Discount Debenture Offer
and the Exchangeable Preferred Stock Offer, respectively, as well as cash
sufficient to pay associated taxes. The Company has retired the Senior
Subordinated Notes, the Discount Debentures and the Exchangeable Preferred Stock
contributed by SMG-II (see Note 19).
 
    During Fiscal 1993, the Board of Directors of Holdings authorized management
of Holdings to proceed with a recapitalization plan (the "Recapitalization"),
which included a refinancing of Holdings' debt. In conjunction with the
recapitalization, the assets, liabilities and related operations of the home
centers segment, as well as, certain assets and liabilities of the warehouse,
distribution and processing facilities which service the Pathmark supermarkets
and drug stores and certain inventories and real property, were contributed to
Plainbridge, Inc. ("Plainbridge"), a then newly formed indirect wholly owned
subsidiary of Holdings and the shares of Plainbridge were then distributed to
PTK Holdings, Inc. ("PTK"), a then newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of
Holdings (the "Plainbridge Spin-Off"). Following the Plainbridge Spin-Off, PTK
held 100% of the capital stock of both Plainbridge and Pathmark. On May 3, 1993,
Pathmark contributed total assets of $1.7 million and total liabilities of $1.8
million, which represented the Chefmark deli food preparation operations and the
related warehouse and a leased banana ripening warehouse to Chefmark, Inc.
("Chefmark"), a then newly formed Delaware corporation, and distributed the
shares of Chefmark to Holdings. On March 1, 1996, Pathmark reacquired all of the
outstanding capital stock of Plainbridge by means of a capital contribution from
PTK.
 
    On November 4, 1994, the Company completed the sale of its home centers
segment for approximately $88.7 million in cash, plus the assumption of certain
indebtedness. The Company used the net proceeds to pay down PTK debt, including
accrued interest and debt premium (see Note 24).
 
    MANAGEMENT'S PLAN:
 
    The consolidated financial statements of the Company indicated that, at
February 1, 1997, current liabilities exceeded current assets by $175.8 million
and the stockholder's deficit was $1.26 billion. Management believes that cash
flows generated from operations, supplemented by the unused borrowing capacity
under its Pathmark working capital facility (the "Working Capital Facility") and
the availability of capital lease financing, will be sufficient to pay the
Company's debts as they come due, provide for its capital expenditure program
and meet its other cash requirements.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1--BUSINESS (CONTINUED)
    The Company was in compliance with its various debt covenants at February 1,
1997. In December 1996, the Company, through its Pathmark subsidiary, amended
its bank credit agreement (the "Bank Credit Agreement") with existing lenders
modifying certain of its covenants, including those concerning the generation of
minimum levels of cash flow (as defined), minimum interest coverage and maximum
leverage rates. Such convenants also include an annual cleandown provision
requiring borrowings under Pathmark's Working Capital Facility not to exceed
$60.0 million for a period of 30 consecutive days. Based on management's
operating projections for Fiscal 1997, the Company believes that it will be able
to satisfy this cleandown provision and continue to be in compliance with its
other debt covenants.
 
    The Company is currently holding discussions with its lenders with respect
to refinancing its Bank Credit Agreement. The Pathmark Working Capital Facility
expires in July 1998 and the Pathmark term loan (the "Term Loan") matures in
Fiscal 1999 (see Note 10). Management believes it will successfully refinance
its debt, however, there can be no assurances that the refinancing will occur or
that the terms associated with any such new agreement will be more favorable to
the Company.
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its subsidiaries, all of whom are wholly owned. All intercompany
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accompanying
consolidated statement of operations for Fiscal 1994 includes the operating
results of the Company's home centers segment as discontinued operations through
the date of disposal.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES:
 
    The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions. These estimates affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    The accompanying consolidated balance sheets include reserves for
self-insured claims relating to customer, employee and vehicle accidents and
covered employee medical benefits. The liabilities for customer and employee
accident claims are recorded at present value, due to the long-term payout of
these claims (see Note 9). While the Company believes that the amounts provided
are adequate to cover its self-insured liabilities, it is reasonably possible
that the final resolution of these claims may differ from the amounts provided.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS:
 
    Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years' consolidated
financial statements to conform to the Fiscal 1996 presentation, the most
significant of which was the Company's change in reporting of Pathmark coupon
expenses (excluding manufacturers' coupons). Prior to this change, Pathmark
coupon expenses, net of any vendor reimbursements, were recorded in selling,
general and administrative expenses. As a result of this change, Pathmark gross
coupon expenses have now been recorded as a reduction of sales, with any vendor
reimbursements being recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FISCAL YEAR:
 
    The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to January 31 of the
following calendar year. Normally, each fiscal year consists of 52 weeks, but
every five or six years the fiscal year consists of 53 weeks. Fiscal 1995
consists of 53 weeks.
 
    STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS:
 
    All investments and marketable securities with a maturity of three months or
less are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company had $1.1 million of cash
equivalent investments as of February 1, 1997 and $0.4 million of cash
equivalent investments as of February 3, 1996.
 
    MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES:
 
    Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost for
substantially all merchandise inventories is determined on a last-in, first-out
("LIFO") basis.
 
    RENTAL VIDEO TAPES:
 
    Video tapes purchased for rental purposes are capitalized and amortized over
their estimated useful lives. The amortization of video tapes, included in cost
of goods sold, approximate $3.1 million, $2.8 million and $2.6 million in Fiscal
1996, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, respectively.
 
    SOFTWARE:
 
    Externally purchased software is capitalized and amortized as part of
selling, general and administrative expenses over a three year period.
Internally developed software, including software developed by IBM (see Note
26), is expensed as incurred.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
    Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization
expense on owned property and equipment is computed on the straight-line method
over the following useful lives: buildings, 40 years; fixtures and equipment,
3-10 years; and leasehold improvements, 8-15 years or lease term, whichever is
shorter. Capital leases are recorded at the present value of minimum lease
payments or fair market value of the related property, whichever is less.
Amortization of property under capital leases is computed on the straight-line
method over the term of the lease or the leased property's estimated useful
life, whichever is shorter.
 
    LONG-LIVED ASSETS:
 
    Effective February 4, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS No. 121"). SFAS No.
121 establishes accounting standards for the measurement of the impairment of
long-lived assets, certain intangibles and goodwill related to those assets.
SFAS No. 121 requires that an asset to be held and used by an entity be reviewed
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value of
long-lived assets, which are being used in the Company's operations, are
assessed for recoverability based
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
upon groups of assets and the related cash flow generated by such assets. Assets
held for sale are reviewed for impairment based upon the estimated net
realizable value of such assets. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 had no effect on
the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
    DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS:
 
    Deferred financing costs are amortized utilizing the interest method over
the life of the related indebtedness.
 
    BOOK OVERDRAFT:
 
    Under the Company's cash management system, checks issued but not presented
to banks result in overdraft balances for accounting purposes and are classified
as book overdrafts.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION:
 
    Revenue is recognized at the point of sale to the customer.
 
    ADVERTISING COSTS:
 
    Advertising costs, net of vendor reimbursements, are expensed as incurred
and were $23.7 million, $30.6 million and $32.4 million in Fiscal 1996, Fiscal
1995 and Fiscal 1994, respectively.
 
    STORE PREOPENING AND CLOSING COSTS:
 
    Store preopening costs are expensed as incurred. Store closing costs, such
as future rent and real estate taxes subsequent to the actual store closing, net
of expected sublease recovery, are recorded at present value, when management
makes a decision to close a store (See Note 9).
 
    INCOME TAXES:
 
    The Company's income taxes are computed based on a tax sharing agreement
with its ultimate parent, SMG-II Holdings Corporation ("SMG-II"), in which the
Company computes a hypothetical tax return as if the Company was not joined in a
consolidated or combined return with SMG-II. The Company must pay SMG-II the
positive amount of any such hypothetical tax. If the hypothetical tax return
shows entitlement to a refund, including any refund attributable to a carryback,
then SMG-II will pay to the Company the amount of such refund.
 
    EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE:
 
    Since the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary, earnings (loss) per share is
not presented.
 
NOTE 3--RESTRUCTURING CHARGE
 
    During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company recorded a pretax
charge of $9.1 million for reorganization and restructuring costs related to its
administrative operations. The restructuring charge included $4.2 million for
the costs of a voluntary early retirement program which was accepted by 142
employees and $1.2 million for severance and termination benefits for 80
employees. The remaining charge of $3.7 million primarily relates to consulting
fees incurred in connection with the restructuring and
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3--RESTRUCTURING CHARGE (CONTINUED)
exit costs for facility consolidation. As of February 1, 1997, $3.2 million has
been expended, of which $1.6 million relates to the early retirement program and
severance benefits and $1.6 million relates to consulting costs and the facility
consolidation. The Company estimates that it will expend $4.7 million in Fiscal
1997. The remaining $1.2 million relates to early retirement benefits which will
be expended over time.
 
NOTE 4--LEASE COMMITMENT CHARGE
 
    During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company decided to divest a
group of its southern region stores, certain of which have experienced
unprofitable operating results. The Company concluded that the operating losses
being experienced by these stores were other than temporary and that the
projected operating results of such stores would not be sufficient to recover
their long-lived assets and their contractual lease commitments. Further, the
Company believes that these lease costs will not be significantly recoverable
through any future sublease. Therefore, the Company recorded a $8.8 million
pretax charge related to these unfavorable lease commitments, in addition to
writing down the long-lived assets of these stores (see Note 7).
 
NOTE 5--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
    Accounts receivable are comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                         1997         1996
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Prescription plans..................................................   $  10,397    $   9,250
Other...............................................................       3,673        2,527
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Accounts receivable.................................................      14,070       11,777
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts(a)............................       1,271          937
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Accounts receivable, net............................................   $  12,799    $  10,840
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Fiscal 1996 includes a provision of $0.1 million and a recovery of $0.3
    million. Fiscal 1995 includes a provision of $1.3 million and a write off of
    $1.3 million.
 
NOTE 6--MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES
 
    Merchandise inventories are comprised of the following (dollars in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                         1997         1996
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Merchandise inventories at FIFO cost................................   $ 258,926    $ 268,544
Less: LIFO reserve..................................................      41,486       42,764
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Merchandise inventories at LIFO cost................................   $ 217,440    $ 225,780
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Liquidation of LIFO layers in the periods reported did not have a
significant effect on the results of continuing operations. The decrease in the
LIFO reserve was primarily due to a decrease in the inventory levels of the
distribution centers.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are comprised of the following (dollars in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                         1997         1996
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Land................................................................   $  61,512    $  62,847
Buildings and building improvements.................................     201,804      200,039
Fixtures and equipment..............................................     203,602      203,020
Leasehold costs and improvements....................................     293,697      279,473
Transportation equipment............................................      19,706       18,448
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Property and equipment, owned.......................................     780,321      763,827
Property and equipment under capital leases.........................     207,227      188,596
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Property and equipment, at cost.....................................     987,548      952,423
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization.....................     382,593      348,591
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Property and equipment, net.........................................   $ 604,955    $ 603,832
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company recorded a pretax
charge of $5.4 million to write down fixed assets held for sale, principally in
its southern region, to their estimated net realizable values. This charge is
included in depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying
consolidated statement of operations for Fiscal 1996.
 
NOTE 8--DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS, NET
 
    Deferred financing costs, primarily related to the Recapitalization, are
comprised of the following dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                         1997         1996
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Deferred financing costs............................................   $  51,378    $  50,377
Less: accumulated amortization......................................      22,635       16,692
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Deferred financing costs, net.......................................   $  28,743    $  33,685
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9--OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
 
    Other noncurrent liabilities are comprised of the following (dollars in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                         1997         1996
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Self-insured liabilities............................................   $  62,526    $  65,183
Pension and deferred compensation...................................      20,227       17,003
Other postretirement and postemployment benefits....................      41,399       41,025
Accrued dividends...................................................      73,164       55,949
Closed stores.......................................................      20,117       23,871
Lease commitments...................................................       7,107           --
Other...............................................................      82,193       75,265
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Other noncurrent liabilities........................................   $ 306,733    $ 278,296
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Certain noncurrent liabilities, such as self-insured liabilities for
incurred but unpaid claims relating to customer, employee and vehicle accidents
and closed store liabilities, are recorded at present value utilizing a 4%
discount rate based on the projected payout of these claims.
 
NOTE 10--LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Long-term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FEBRUARY 1,   FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                                            1997          1996
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
Pathmark Term Loan....................................................................  $    243,127  $    287,955
Pathmark Working Capital Facility.....................................................        73,500        46,000
10.25% PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures due 2003 ("PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed
  Debentures")........................................................................        27,442        27,679
9.625% Pathmark Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 ("Pathmark Senior Subordinated
  Notes").............................................................................       437,780       437,426
10.75% Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes due 2003 ("Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes").....       168,559       151,881
12.625% Pathmark Subordinated Debentures due 2002 ("Pathmark Subordinated
  Debentures")........................................................................        95,750        95,750
11.625% Pathmark Subordinated Notes due 2002 ("Pathmark Subordinated Notes")..........       199,017       199,017
11.625% Holdings Subordinated Notes due 2002 ("Holdings Subordinated Notes")..........           983           983
Industrial revenue bonds..............................................................         6,375         6,375
Other debt (primarily mortgages)......................................................        34,979        41,011
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
Total debt............................................................................     1,287,512     1,294,077
Less: current maturities..............................................................        74,431        51,753
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
Long-term portion.....................................................................  $  1,213,081  $  1,242,324
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10--LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
 
    SCHEDULED MATURITIES OF DEBT:
 
    Long-term debt principal payments are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRINCIPAL
FISCAL YEARS                                                                        PAYMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
1997............................................................................  $     74,431
1998............................................................................       155,688
1999............................................................................       127,219
2000............................................................................        50,643
2001............................................................................        50,000
Thereafter......................................................................       829,531
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  $  1,287,512
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT:
 
    Under the Bank Credit Agreement, the Pathmark Working Capital Facility and
the Pathmark Term Loan bear interest at floating rates. At February 1, 1997, the
interest rates for the Pathmark Term Loan and Pathmark Working Capital Facility
were 8.4% and 8.9%, respectively. At February 3, 1996, the interest rates for
the Pathmark Term Loan and Pathmark Working Capital Facility were 8.4% and 9.2%,
respectively and the interest rate on the Plainbridge working capital facility
was 10.3%. Pathmark is required to repay a portion of its borrowings under the
Pathmark Term Loan each year, so as to retire such indebtedness in its entirety
by October 31, 1999. In conjunction with the Pathmark reacquisition of the
Plainbridge capital stock by the Company, the outstanding obligations of
Plainbridge under its bank credit agreement were satisfied by Pathmark, and the
Plainbridge bank credit agreement, which allowed for $40.0 million of
availability, was terminated. The Company, through its Pathmark subsidiary,
simultaneously entered into an amendment to its Bank Credit Agreement, with its
existing lenders, increasing Pathmark's Working Capital Facility, from $175
million to $200 million (of which the maximum of $125.0 million can be in
letters of credit), to satisfy any additional liquidity needs and prospectively
modifying certain of its financial covenants to take into account the operations
of Plainbridge. The Pathmark Working Capital Facility is subject to an annual
cleandown provision. Under the terms of the cleandown provision, in each fiscal
year, loans cannot exceed $60.0 million (formerly $50.0 million) under the
Pathmark Working Capital Facility for a period of 30 consecutive days. The
Company satisfied the terms of the cleandown provision through Fiscal 1996. The
Company believes it has sufficient unused borrowing capacity under the Pathmark
Working Capital Facility, which can be utilized for unforeseen or for seasonal
cash requirements. At February 1, 1997, the Company had approximately $70.2
million in outstanding letters of credit and approximately $56.3 million in
unused borrowing capacity under its Pathmark Working Capital Facility.
 
    In December 1996, the Company amended its Bank Credit Agreement with its
existing lenders modifying certain of its covenants, including those financial
covenants concerning levels of operating cash flow (as defined), minimum
interest coverage and maximum leverage ratio. At February 1, 1997, the Company
was in compliance with all of its debt covenants as amended. Based upon
projected results for the upcoming fiscal year, the Company believes it will be
in compliance with its debt covenants which includes certain levels of operating
cash flow (as defined), minimum interest coverage and a maximum leverage ratio,
throughout the upcoming fiscal year, as well as satisfying its cleandown
provision (see above). The Bank Credit Agreement and the indentures for certain
debt also contain covenants, including,
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10--LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
but not limited to, covenants with respect to the following matters: (i)
limitation on indebtedness; (ii) limitation on restricted payments; (iii)
limitation on transactions with affiliates; (iv) limitation on liens; (v)
limitation on the issuance of preferred stock by subsidiaries; (vi) limitation
on issuances of guarantees of indebtedness by subsidiaries; (vii) limitation on
transfer of assets to subsidiaries; (viii) limitation on dividends and other
payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; and (ix) restriction on mergers and
transfers of assets.
 
    PTK EXCHANGEABLE GUARANTEED DEBENTURES:
 
    The PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures were originally formulated to
accrete to a maturity value of $218.3 million in Fiscal 2003. The Company used
the net cash proceeds of $3.2 million in Fiscal 1996, $56.5 million in Fiscal
1995 and $66.6 million in Fiscal 1994 to paydown PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed
Debentures, including accrued interest and debt premium. The PTK Exchangeable
Guaranteed Debentures begin paying cash interest on a semiannual basis on June
30, 1999 and have no sinking fund requirements. At February 1, 1997, the
maturity value of the outstanding debentures is $34.2 million.
 
    PATHMARK SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES:
 
    The Pathmark Senior Subordinated Notes accrete to a maturity value of $440.0
million in Fiscal 2003. These notes pay cash interest on a semiannual basis and
have no sinking fund requirements.
 
    PATHMARK DEFERRED COUPON NOTES:
 
    The Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes accrete to a maturity value of $225.3
million in Fiscal 2003. These notes begin paying cash interest on a semiannual
basis on May 1, 2000 and have no sinking fund requirements.
 
    PATHMARK SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES:
 
    The Pathmark Subordinated Debentures mature in Fiscal 2002. These debentures
pay cash interest on a semiannual basis and have no sinking fund requirements.
 
    PATHMARK SUBORDINATED NOTES:
 
    The Pathmark Subordinated Notes mature in Fiscal 2002 and pay cash interest
on a semiannual basis. These notes contain a sinking fund provision that
requires Pathmark to deposit $49.8 million (25% of the original aggregate
principal amount) with the trustee of the Pathmark Subordinated Notes on June 15
in each of Fiscal 2000 and Fiscal 2001 for the redemption of the Pathmark
Subordinated Notes, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued interest to the redemption date and providing for the
redemption of 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of such notes prior
to maturity.
 
    HOLDINGS SUBORDINATED NOTES:
 
    As a result of the Recapitalization, $199.0 million principal amount of the
Holdings Subordinated Notes have been exchanged for $199.0 million principal
amount of Pathmark Subordinated Notes. Approximately $1.0 million principal
amount of the Holdings Subordinated Notes remain outstanding. Interest on the
Holdings Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10--LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
    INDUSTRIAL REVENUE BONDS:
 
    Interest rates for the industrial revenue bonds range from 10.5%-10.9%. The
industrial revenue bonds are payable in Fiscal 2003.
 
    OTHER DEBT:
 
    Other debt includes mortgage notes, which are secured by property and
equipment, having a net book value of $54.5 million at February 1, 1997 and
$65.4 million at February 3, 1996. These borrowings, whose interest rates
averaged 10.5%, are payable in installments ending in Fiscal 2000, including a
scheduled payment of $30.1 million in Fiscal 1998.
 
NOTE 11--FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The carrying amount and fair values of the Company's financial instruments
are as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FEBRUARY 1, 1997            FEBRUARY 3, 1996
                                                           --------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                             CARRYING        FAIR        CARRYING        FAIR
                                                              AMOUNT        VALUE         AMOUNT        VALUE
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Debt:
Pathmark Term Loan.......................................  $    243,127  $    243,127  $    287,955  $    287,955
Pathmark Working Capital Facility........................        73,500        73,500        46,000        46,000
PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures...................        27,442        27,442        27,679        27,679
Pathmark Senior Subordinated Notes.......................       437,780       415,015       437,426       419,929
Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes...........................       168,559       142,471       151,881       135,578
Pathmark Subordinated Debentures.........................        95,750        96,353        95,750       100,959
Pathmark Subordinated Notes..............................       199,017       202,340       199,017       206,220
Holdings Subordinated Notes..............................           983           999           983         1,017
Industrial revenue bonds.................................         6,375         6,375         6,375         6,375
Other debt (primarily mortgages).........................        34,979        34,979        41,011        41,011
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
      Total debt.........................................  $  1,287,512  $  1,242,601  $  1,294,077  $  1,272,723
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Redeemable Preferred Stock:
Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock.......  $    105,372  $    117,376  $    103,633  $    113,708
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The fair value of the Pathmark Term Loan and Pathmark Working Capital
Facility at February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996 approximated their carrying
value due to their floating interest rates. The fair value of the notes,
debentures and Exchangeable Preferred Stock are based on the quoted market
prices at February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, since such instruments are
publicly traded. The Company has evaluated its PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed
Debentures, other debt (primarily mortgages) and industrial revenue bonds and
believes, based on interest rates, related terms and maturities, that the fair
value of such instruments approximates their respective carrying amounts. As of
February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, the carrying values of cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values
due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 12--INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    Interest expense is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FISCAL YEARS
                                                                               ----------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Pathmark Term Loan...........................................................  $   22,616  $   29,067  $   27,281
Pathmark Working Capital Facility............................................       5,444       5,601       4,996
Pathmark Senior Subordinated Notes
  Amortization of original issue discount....................................         354         354         354
  Currently payable..........................................................      42,350      42,350      42,350
Pathmark Deferred Coupon Notes
  Accrued but not payable....................................................      16,678      15,028      13,541
Pathmark Subordinated Debentures.............................................      12,088      12,088      12,088
Pathmark Subordinated Notes..................................................      23,136      23,136      23,136
PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures
  Amortization of original issue discount....................................       2,770       6,292      12,501
Amortization of debt issuance costs..........................................       7,426       7,140       7,028
Obligations under capital leases.............................................      18,027      16,647      15,694
Mortgages payable............................................................       3,736       4,210       4,398
Holdings Subordinated Notes..................................................         114         114         149
Other, net...................................................................       9,379       8,942       7,332
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Interest expense.............................................................  $  164,118  $  170,969  $  170,848
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company made cash interest payments of $130.5 million, $135.2 million
and $129.6 million in Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, respectively.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 13--LEASES
 
    At February 1, 1997, the Company was liable under terms of noncancellable
leases for the following minimum lease commitments (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             CAPITAL    OPERATING
FISCAL YEARS                                                                                  LEASES      LEASES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
1997......................................................................................  $   42,657  $   30,732
1998......................................................................................      40,983      30,268
1999......................................................................................      34,294      29,659
2000......................................................................................      32,269      29,430
2001......................................................................................      23,006      27,727
Later years...............................................................................     245,108     311,106
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
Total minimum lease payments(a)...........................................................     418,317  $  458,922
                                                                                                        ----------
                                                                                                        ----------
Less: executory costs (such as taxes, maintenance and insurance)..........................       2,221
                                                                                            ----------
Net minimum lease payments................................................................     416,096
Less: amounts representing interest.......................................................     217,260
                                                                                            ----------
Present value of net minimum lease payments (including current installments of $23,208)...  $  198,836
                                                                                            ----------
                                                                                            ----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Net of sublease income of $1,147 and $134,010 for capital and operating
    leases, respectively.
 
    During Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, the Company incurred
capital lease obligations of $39.6 million, $41.1 million and $21.3 million,
respectively, in connection with property and equipment lease agreements. These
capital lease amounts are non-cash and, accordingly, have been excluded from the
consolidated statements of cash flows.
 
    During the third quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company sold three of its
supermarket properties for $19.3 million, net of fees of $1.4 million and income
taxes of $0.7 million, and simultaneously leased back such properties. The net
proceeds were used to paydown debt, primarily the Working Capital Facility. Due
to the Company's continuing involvement in such properties, no gain has been
recorded and the transaction has been accounted for as a financing, with the
associated liability of $21.4 million included in lease obligations in the
consolidated balance sheet.
 
    Rent expense, included in continuing operations, under all operating leases
having noncancellable terms of more than one year is summarized as follows
(dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            FISCAL YEARS
                                                                                   -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                     1996       1995       1994
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Minimum rentals..................................................................  $  47,495  $  47,589  $  49,694
Contingent rentals(b)............................................................         --         --        318
Less: rentals from subleases.....................................................    (14,576)   (15,802)   (13,092)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Rent expense.....................................................................  $  32,919  $  31,787  $  36,920
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(b) Primarily based on sales.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 14--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    As discussed in Note 20, certain Management Investors issued Recourse Notes
to the Company related to the purchase of the Company's Class A common stock.
These Management Investors have pledged shares of SMG-II Class A common stock to
secure the repayment of the Recourse Notes. Recourse Notes in the amount of $1.7
million were outstanding at February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996.
 
    During Fiscal 1995, the Company paid ML & Co. fees of approximately $0.6
million related to the sale of the freestanding drug stores. During Fiscal 1994,
the Company paid ML & Co. fees of approximately $1.0 million related to the
disposal of the home centers segment.
 
NOTE 15--RETIREMENT AND BENEFIT PLANS
 
    The Company has several noncontributory defined benefit pension plans, the
most significant of which is the SGC Pension Plan, which covers substantially
all non-union and certain union associates. Pension benefits to retired and to
terminated vested associates are primarily based upon their length of service
and upon a percentage of qualifying compensation. The Company's funding policy,
which is consistent with federal funding requirements, is intended to provide
not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those benefits
expected to be earned in the future. Due to the overfunding status of the SGC
Pension Plan, no contributions were required during the last three fiscal years.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 15--RETIREMENT AND BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
 
    The following table sets forth the funded status of the pension plans and
the amounts recognized in the Company's financial statements (dollars in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FEBRUARY 1, 1997            FEBRUARY 3, 1996
                                                                  --------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                     ASSETS     ACCUMULATED      ASSETS     ACCUMULATED
                                                                     EXCEED       BENEFITS       EXCEED       BENEFITS
                                                                  ACCUMULATED      EXCEED     ACCUMULATED      EXCEED
                                                                    BENEFITS       ASSETS       BENEFITS       ASSETS
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligation:
  Vested........................................................   $  (84,116)   $  (20,922)   $  (94,802)   $  (17,929)
  Unvested......................................................       (6,018)         (215)       (5,779)         (250)
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
  Total.........................................................      (90,134)      (21,137)     (100,581)      (18,179)
Plan assets at fair value.......................................      171,549           447       164,684           265
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Plan assets higher (lower) than accumulated benefit
  obligation....................................................   $   81,415    $  (20,690)   $   64,103    $  (17,914)
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Actuarial present value of projected benefit obligation.........   $ (115,009)   $  (23,200)   $ (119,152)   $  (20,894)
Plan assets at fair value.......................................      171,549           447       164,684           265
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Plan assets higher (lower) than projected benefit obligation....       56,540       (22,753)       45,532       (20,629)
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different from that
  assumed and effects of changes in assumptions.................      (43,371)          (90)      (33,250)          (90)
Unrecongized prior service cost.................................        1,117           955         1,215         1,671
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Prepaid (accrued) pension cost..................................   $   14,286    $  (21,888)   $   13,497    $  (19,048)
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Assets of the Company's pension plans are invested in marketable securities,
comprised primarily of equities of domestic corporations, U.S. Government
instruments and money market investments.
 
    During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company recorded a
restructuring charge (see Note 3) which included $2.1 million for the costs of a
voluntary early retirement program. The liability related to this charge is
included as part of the net accrued pension cost.
 
    The decrease in the vested benefit obligation in Fiscal 1996 compared to
Fiscal 1995 was primarily due to the recognition of the lump sum payment option
in the voluntary early retirement program, which also resulted in a
corresponding offset in the plan assets.
 
    The following table provides the assumptions used in determining the
actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        FEBRUARY 1,     FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                           1997            1996
                                                                      ---------------  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
Weighted average discount rate......................................           7.5%           7.25%
Rate of increase in future compensation levels......................           4.5            4.25%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets....................           9.5            9.5
</TABLE>
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 15--RETIREMENT AND BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The change in the weighted average discount rate, which is used in
determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation,
will not have a material impact on the Company's net pension cost in Fiscal
1997.
 
    The net periodic pension cost (income) included in continuing operations is
comprised of the following components (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FISCAL YEARS
                                                                                ----------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                   1996        1995        1994
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
Service cost of benefits earned during the year...............................  $    3,787  $    3,416  $    4,425
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.................................      10,204       9,551       9,103
Actual gain on plans' assets..................................................     (28,174)    (40,622)        (61)
Net amortization and deferral.................................................      16,019      27,811     (10,884)
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
Net periodic pension cost.....................................................  $    1,836  $      156  $    2,583
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company also contributes to many multi-employer plans which provide
defined benefits to certain union associates. The Company's contributions to
these multi-employer plans were $20.1 million, $18.9 million and $18.0 million
in Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, respectively.
 
    The Company sponsors a savings plan for eligible non-union associates.
Contributions under the plan are based on specified percentages of associate
contributions. The Company's contributions to the savings plan were $3.6
million, $3.7 million and $3.5 million in Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal
1994, respectively.
 
NOTE 16--OTHER POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
 
    The Company provides its associates other postretirement benefits,
principally health care and life insurance benefits. The accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation was determined utilizing an assumed discount
rate of 7.5% at February 1, 1997 and 7.25% at February 3, 1996 and by applying
the provisions of the Company's medical plans, the established maximums and
sharing of costs, the relevant actuarial assumptions and the health-care cost
trend rates, which are projected at 6.75% and grade down to 4.5% in Fiscal 2000.
The effect of a 1% change in the assumed cost trend rate would change the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $1.2 million as
of February 1, 1997 and would change the net periodic postretirement benefit
income by $0.2 million for Fiscal 1996.
 
    The net postretirement benefit cost (income) included in continuing
operations is comprised of the following components (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               FISCAL YEARS
                                                                                      -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                        1996       1995       1994
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
Service cost of benefits earned during the year.....................................  $     546  $     614  $     700
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation......................      1,640      2,268      2,052
Net amortization and deferral.......................................................       (931)      (460)      (182)
Curtailment gain....................................................................     (2,026)        --         --
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
Net postretirement benefit cost (income)............................................  $    (771) $   2,422  $   2,570
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 16--OTHER POSTRETIREMENT AND POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
    During the second quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company eliminated
postretirement medical coverage for active non-union associates who retire after
December 31, 1997. This change resulted in a pretax curtailment gain of $2.0
million.
 
    The following table provides information on the status of the postretirement
plans (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FEBRUARY 1,  FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                         1997         1996
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
  Retirees..........................................................   $   9,678    $  14,276
  Other active plan participants....................................      10,180       13,874
                                                                      -----------  -----------
      Total.........................................................      19,858       28,150
Unrecognized prior service cost.....................................       7,026       --
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different from that
  assumed and effects of changes in assumptions.....................       6,798        4,675
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Accrued postretirement cost.........................................   $  33,682    $  32,825
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company recorded a
restructuring charge (see Note 3) which included $2.1 million for the estimated
costs of a voluntary early retirement program. The liability related to this
charge is included as part of the accrued postretirement cost.
 
    The decrease in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the
recording of an unrecognized prior service cost are due to the elimination of
postretirement medical coverage for active non-union associates.
 
    The Company also provides its associates postemployment benefits, primarily
long-term disability and salary continuation. The obligation for these benefits
was determined by application of the provisions of the Company's long-term
disability plan and includes the age of active claimants at disability and at
valuation, the length of time on disability and the probability of the claimant
remaining on disability to maximum duration. These liabilities are recorded at
their present value utilizing a discount rate of 4%.
 
    The accumulated postemployment benefit obligation as of February 1, 1997 and
February 3, 1996 was $8.5 million and $8.3 million, respectively. The net
postemployment benefit cost included in continuing operations consisted of the
following components (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                FISCAL YEARS
                                                                                       -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                         1996       1995       1994
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Service cost of benefits earned during the year......................................  $   1,314  $     997  $   1,644
Interest cost on accumulated postemployment obligation...............................        316        296        304
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
Net postemployment benefit cost......................................................  $   1,630  $   1,293  $   1,948
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 17--INCOME TAXES
 
    The income tax benefit (provision) included in continuing operations is
comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            FISCAL YEARS
                                                                                   -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                     1996       1995       1994
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Current
  Federal........................................................................  $   2,357  $   4,018  $  (3,079)
  State..........................................................................        692     (4,981)    (4,882)
 
Deferred
  Federal........................................................................      9,808     (1,233)    (2,534)
  State..........................................................................      3,178      1,238     (1,613)
Change in valuation allowance....................................................      1,688     30,721      7,962
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
Income tax benefit (provision)...................................................  $  17,723  $  29,763  $  (4,146)
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The effective tax rate applicable to continuing operations for the income
tax benefit (provision) differs from the federal statutory tax rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 FISCAL YEARS
                                                                                        -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                          1996       1995       1994
                                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
Federal statutory tax rate............................................................       35.0%     (35.0)%     (35.0)%
State income taxes....................................................................        6.8       (5.0)     (40.3)
Tax credits...........................................................................         --        1.2        6.3
Change in valuation allowance.........................................................        4.6       62.8       49.4
Utilization of capital loss...........................................................         --       32.8         --
Other.................................................................................        1.7        4.0       (6.1)
                                                                                              ---  ---------  ---------
Effective tax rate....................................................................       48.1%      60.8%     (25.7)%
                                                                                              ---  ---------  ---------
                                                                                              ---  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 17--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (dollars
in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FEBRUARY 1, 1997         FEBRUARY 3, 1996
                                                                    -----------------------  ----------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
                                                                      ASSETS    LIABILITIES    ASSETS    LIABILITIES
                                                                    ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
Depreciation and amortization.....................................  $   --       $  65,599   $   --      $   71,794
Merchandise inventory and gross profit............................      --          20,443       --          19,571
Prepaid expenses..................................................      --           6,999       --           5,988
Self-insured liabilities..........................................      39,596      --           43,399      --
Benefit plans.....................................................      10,039      --            9,128      --
Lease capitalization..............................................      17,933      --           16,990      --
Closed store reserves.............................................      15,459      --           12,386      --
Alternative minimum taxes.........................................       9,108      --            8,212      --
General business credits..........................................       9,019      --            8,821      --
Net operating loss carryforwards..................................      19,821      --           11,193      --
Other postretirement and postemployment benefits..................      17,791      --           18,480      --
Capital loss carryforward.........................................      52,455      --            9,293      --
Other.............................................................       8,097       4,323        8,808       6,005
                                                                    ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
Subtotal..........................................................     199,318      97,364      146,710     103,358
Less: valuation allowance.........................................      52,455      --            8,293      --
                                                                    ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
Total.............................................................  $  146,863   $  97,364   $  138,417  $  103,358
                                                                    ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                    ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The balance sheet classification of the deferred income tax assets and
liabilities is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FEBRUARY 1, 1997        FEBRUARY 3, 1996
                                                                    ----------------------  ----------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
                                                                     CURRENT   NONCURRENT    CURRENT   NONCURRENT
                                                                    ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
Assets............................................................  $  39,304   $ 160,014   $  34,513   $ 112,197
Liabilities.......................................................    (29,335)    (68,029)    (26,259)    (77,099)
                                                                    ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
      Subtotal....................................................      9,969      91,985       8,254      35,098
Less: valuation allowance.........................................     --          52,455      --           8,293
                                                                    ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
      Total.......................................................  $   9,969   $  39,530   $   8,254   $  26,805
                                                                    ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                    ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's net deferred income tax assets were $49.5 million and $35.1
million at February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, respectively. At February 1,
1997, management believes that sufficient evidence exists which indicates that
it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to realize these net
deferred income tax assets. In addition, during Fiscal 1996, as a result of a
sale of a minority interest in a special purpose subsidiary of Pathmark to an
unrelated party, the Company recorded a tax capital loss of $131.0 million (a
$45.9 million tax benefit) due to a basis differential in such stock. The
Company also generated a capital loss in Fiscal 1995 of approximately $69.5
million as a result of the sale of the Company's investment in Purity. During
Fiscal 1995, the Company utilized $42.9 million of these capital losses,
primarily from the sale of the freestanding drug stores, and in Fiscal 1996
utilized $2.7 million of capital losses from the sale of property. A valuation
allowance was recorded to fully reserve the deferred income tax capital loss
carryforwards which expire from Fiscal 2000 to Fiscal 2001. Reversal of the
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 17--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
valuation allowance will occur when and if the Company is able to generate
capital gains. Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards expire from
Fiscal 1998 to Fiscal 2012. General business credits consist of federal jobs
credits and expire from Fiscal 2001 to Fiscal 2011.
 
    During Fiscal 1995, in conjunction with the Company's evaluation of its
deferred income tax assets, the Company reversed the valuation allowance related
to its net deferred income tax assets. Such reversals of the valuation allowance
totaled $26.8 million and have been included as a component of the Fiscal 1995
income tax benefit. The Fiscal 1994 state income tax provision includes the
recording of state income taxes for certain issues related to prior years.
 
    In Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994, the Company made income tax
payments of $4.7 million, $3.9 million and $6.5 million, respectively, and
received income tax refunds of $8.1 million, $10.3 million and $25.9 million,
respectively.
 
NOTE 18--EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS
 
    The extraordinary items, representing the loss on early extinguishment of
indebtedness, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             FISCAL YEARS
                                                                                    -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                      1996       1995       1994
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Loss before income taxes..........................................................  $  (1,692) $  (3,686) $  (3,687)
Income tax benefit................................................................        695      1,506     --
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
Extraordinary items, net of a tax benefit.........................................  $    (997) $  (2,180) $  (3,687)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    During the first quarter of Fiscal 1996, in connection with the termination
of the Plainbridge credit agreement due to the reacquisition of Plainbridge by
Pathmark, the Company wrote off deferred financing fees, resulting in a net loss
on early extinguishment of debt of $0.7 million, net of an income tax benefit of
$0.5 million. During the first quarter of Fiscal 1996, the Company also made a
paydown of $3.2 million of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures, including
premium and original issue discount, resulting in a net loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $0.1 million, net of an income tax benefit of $0.1
million. During the second quarter of Fiscal 1996, in connection with the
proceeds from the sale of certain mortgaged property, the Company made a
mortgage paydown of $5.3 million, including accrued interest and debt premiums,
resulting in a net loss on early extinguishment of debt of $0.2 million, net of
an income tax benefit of $0.1 million.
 
    During the first quarter of Fiscal 1995, in connection with the final
proceeds received related to the disposition of the home centers segment, the
Company was required to paydown $4.7 million of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed
Debentures; the premium paid, including original issue discount, resulted in a
net loss on early extinguishment of debt of $0.2 million. During the second
quarter of Fiscal 1995, in connection with the proceeds received related to the
sale of 30 of its freestanding drug stores, the Company was required to paydown
$21.8 million of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures; the premium paid,
including original issue discount, resulted in a net loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $0.7 million. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal
1995, in connection with the proceeds received from the sale of the Purity
investment and the sale of 30 of its freestanding drug stores, the Company was
required
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 18--EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS (CONTINUED)
to paydown $30.0 million of PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures; the premium
paid, including original issue discount, resulted in a net loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $1.3 million.
 
    During Fiscal 1994, in connection with the disposal of the home centers
segment, the Company was required to pay down $62.9 million of PTK Exchangeable
Guaranteed Debentures. The premium paid, including original issue discount,
resulted in a net loss on early extinguishment of indebtedness of $3.7 million.
 
NOTE 19--CUMULATIVE EXCHANGEABLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company's Exchangeable Preferred Stock, which has a maturity date of
December 31, 2007, consists of 9,000,000 authorized shares, of which 4,890,671
shares are issued and outstanding at February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996. The
fair market value of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, at date of original
issuance of October 5, 1987, was $20 per share and the liquidation preference is
$25 per share. Due to its mandatory redemption requirements, the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock has been stated on the balance sheet as redeemable securities.
The difference between fair market value at date of issue and liquidation
preference is being accreted quarterly.
 
    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
holders of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive their
full liquidation preference per share, together with accrued and unpaid
dividends, before the distribution of any assets of the Company to the holders
of shares of the Company's common stock or other shares, which would rank junior
to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
 
    The Exchangeable Preferred Stock may be redeemed, at the option of the
Company, in whole or in part, at liquidation preference, together with all
accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date. Optional redemption of the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be subject to restricted payments and other
similar provisions of the Company's debt instruments.
 
    Commencing December 31, 2004, the Company is required to redeem in each year
20% of the highest amount at any time outstanding of the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock. The redemption process is calculated to retire 60% of the issue prior to
final maturity with the remaining amount of the issue to be redeemed at
maturity.
 
    The Company has the option to require holders to exchange the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock on any dividend payment date, in whole or in part, for exchange
debentures (the "Exchange Debentures") of the Company. Such option is available
at any time if (a) no event of default exists under any of the Company's loan
agreements and (b) the exchange is allowed under the provisions of the
limitation on the Company's indebtedness and other applicable provisions of the
Company's loan agreements. Any such exchange will result in the issuance of
Exchange Debentures in an amount equal to the aggregate liquidation preference
of all shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock being exchanged into Exchange
Debentures and in an amount equal to all accrued but unpaid dividends.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 19--CUMULATIVE EXCHANGEABLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
    Exchangeable Preferred Stock activity for the three years ended February 1,
1997 was as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF SHARES     AMOUNT
                                                                 -----------------  ----------
<S>                                                              <C>                <C>
Balance, January 29, 1994......................................       4,890,671     $  100,346
Accretion......................................................         --               1,613
                                                                 -----------------  ----------
Balance, January 28, 1995......................................       4,890,671        101,959
Accretion......................................................         --               1,674
                                                                 -----------------  ----------
Balance, February 3, 1996......................................       4,890,671        103,633
Accretion......................................................         --               1,739
                                                                 -----------------  ----------
Balance, February 1, 1997......................................       4,890,671     $  105,372
                                                                 -----------------  ----------
                                                                 -----------------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The terms of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock provide for cumulative
quarterly dividends at an annual rate of $3.52 per share when, as, and if
declared by the Board of Directors of the Company. Dividends for the first 20
quarterly dividend periods (through October 15, 1992) were paid at the Company's
option in additional shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock. Prior to the
Recapitalization, the Old Bank Credit Agreement and the terms of the indentures
governing the Company's public debt restricted the payment of cash dividends on
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock unless certain conditions were met, including
tests relating to earnings and to cash flow ratios of the Company. Prior to the
Recapitalization, the Company had not met the conditions permitting cash
dividend payments on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock. Subsequent to the
Recapitalization, Holdings does not expect to receive cash flow sufficient to
permit payments of dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock in the
foreseeable future. All dividends not paid in cash will cumulate at the rate of
$3.52 per share per annum, without interest, until declared and paid. As such,
at February 1, 1997, the unpaid dividends of $73.2 million were accrued and
included in other noncurrent liabilities.
 
    Pursuant to the Certificate of Stock Designation for the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock (the "Certificate of Designation"), the Company was required to
pay cash dividends to the Exchangeable Preferred Stockholders at an annual rate
of $3.52 per share beginning on January 15, 1993. The Certificate of Designation
provides that the Exchangeable Preferred Stock is non-voting except that if an
amount equal to six quarterly dividends is in arrears in whole, or in part, the
Exchangeable Preferred Stockholders voting as a class are entitled to elect an
additional two members to the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company is
currently in arrears on the payment of 17 quarterly dividends. Accordingly, the
holders of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock reelected two members of the
Company's Board of Directors at its 1996 annual meeting.
 
    Dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock must be paid in full for all
prior periods as of the most recent dividend payment date before any dividends,
other than dividends payable in shares of the Company's common stock or in any
other class of the Company's capital stock ranking junior to the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, can be paid or can be set apart for payment to holders of
common stock or to holders of any other shares, which would rank junior to the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock. In addition, dividends on the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock must be paid in full for all prior periods before the redemption
or purchase by the Company of shares of common stock or any other shares, which
would rank junior to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 20--COMMON STOCK
 
    The Company's authorized common stock, par value $.01 per share, consists of
1,075,000 shares of Class A common stock and 1,000,000 shares of Class B common
stock, of which 650,675 shares and 320,000 shares, respectively, were issued and
outstanding at February 1, 1997 and at February 3, 1996.
 
    Holders of shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share
on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. Holders of shares of Class B
common stock are not entitled to any voting rights, except as required by law or
as otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company. Subject to compliance with certain procedures, holders of Class B
common stock may exchange their shares for shares of Class A common stock and
holders of Class A common stock may exchange their shares for shares of Class B
common stock on a share-for-share basis. Upon liquidation or dissolution of the
Company, holders of the Company's common stock are entitled to share ratably in
all assets available for distribution to stockholders. Payment of all prior
claims, including liquidation rights of any Exchangeable Preferred Stock
outstanding, must be made before the holders of the Company's common stock are
entitled to any distribution. Holders of the Company's common stock have no
preemptive or subscription rights.
 
    On February 4, 1991, as a result of the consummation of the Exchange Offer,
all shares of the Company's Class A common stock and Class B common stock were
owned directly by SMG-II. SMG-II is effectively a holding company for the
operations of the Company (see Note 1).
 
    The Company and certain executives of Supermarkets (collectively,
"Management Investors") entered into a management subscription agreement under
which, on October 5, 1987, the Management Investors purchased an aggregate of
100,000 shares of Class A common stock for consideration of $100 per share. In
connection with the Exchange Offer, the Management Investors entered into an
agreement (the "Management Investors Exchange Agreement") with respect to the
SMG-II common stock which was received in exchange for the Company's Class A
common stock. Prior to the Exchange Offer, all of the Class A common stock held
by Management Investors was classified as Redeemable Securities.
 
    Certain Management Investors, who purchased shares of Class A common stock,
borrowed a portion of the purchase price from the Company and were required to
deliver a note to the Company ("Recourse Note") in the principal amount of the
loan (see Note 14). Interest on the Recourse Note is to be paid annually and the
principal is to be paid on the tenth anniversary of the date of issue. Each
Management Investor who issued a Recourse Note was required to enter into a
stock pledge agreement ("Stock Pledge Agreement") with the Company, pursuant to
which the Management Investor pledged shares of Class A common stock to secure
the repayment of the Recourse Note. In connection with the Exchange Offer, each
Management Investor who issued a Recourse Note was required to execute an
amendment to the Stock Pledge Agreement, which provided for the substitution of
the SMG-II common stock received in the Exchange Offer for the Company Class A
common stock, in order to secure the repayment of the Recourse Note. Recourse
Notes in the amount of approximately $1.7 million were outstanding at February
1, 1997 and February 3, 1996. The Recourse Notes were included in other assets
at February 1, 1997 and February 3, 1996.
 
NOTE 21--STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    The Management Investors 1987 Stock Option Plan (the "Management Plan") and
the 1987 Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Employee Plan") were approved by the
Board of Directors of the Company on November 24, 1987 and by the Stockholders
on December 21, 1987. Under the terms of the
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 21--STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
Management and the Employee Plans, associates receive either incentive stock
options or nonqualified stock options, the duration of which may not exceed ten
years from the date of grant, to purchase shares of the Company's Class A common
stock. In connection with the Exchange Offer, adjustments to outstanding options
under the Management and the Employee Plans were made. As a result of these
adjustments, each option under the Management and the Employee Plans, which were
outstanding on February 4, 1991, became an option for the purchase of an equal
number of shares of SMG-II Class A common stock.
 
NOTE 22--DISPOSITION OF FREESTANDING DRUG STORES
 
    During the second quarter of Fiscal 1995, the Company made a decision to
dispose of its 36 freestanding drug stores and, on July 28, 1995, through its
Pathmark subsidiary, completed the sale of 30 of its freestanding drug stores,
including merchandise inventory, to Rite Aid Corporation for $59.9 million. The
Company used $25.0 million of the proceeds to repay a portion of its existing
Pathmark Term Loan and $21.8 million of the proceeds to repay a portion of its
PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures.
 
    The Company recorded a pretax gain on the disposition of its freestanding
drug stores of $15.5 million, net of a $19.0 million charge related to the
estimated exit costs of the remaining six freestanding drug stores. Five of the
remaining six freestanding drug stores closed during Fiscal 1995 and the sixth
store closed during the second quarter of Fiscal 1996.
 
NOTE 23--DISPOSAL OF PURITY
 
    During Fiscal 1995, in connection with the sale of Purity to the Stop & Shop
Companies, Inc., the Company sold its remaining investment in Purity for $16.4
million, the proceeds of which were used to repay a portion of its PTK
Exchangeable Guaranteed Debentures. As a result of the sale, a capital tax loss
of approximately $69.5 million was generated (see Note 17). This transaction
resulted in a pretax gain of $16.4 million.
 
NOTE 24--GAIN ON DISPOSAL OF HOME CENTERS SEGMENT AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
 
    On November 4, 1994, the Company's Plainbridge subsidiary completed the sale
of its home centers segment to Rickel Home Centers, Inc. ("Rickel") for
approximately $88.7 million in cash, plus the assumption of certain
indebtedness. During Fiscal 1994, the Company recognized a gain of $17.0 million
on the sale of the home centers segment, net of an income tax provision of $2.3
million. Such gain included a pension plan curtailment gain of $6.2 million and
a reduction in the deferred tax valuation allowance of $5.1 million, resulting
from the utilization of tax loss carryforwards for which reserves had previously
been provided. The Company used net cash proceeds of $66.6 million in Fiscal
1994 and $4.7 million in Fiscal 1995 to pay down the PTK Exchangeable Guaranteed
Debentures, including accrued interest and debt premium.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 24--GAIN ON DISPOSAL OF HOME CENTERS SEGMENT AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
(CONTINUED)
    Through the date of the sale, the Company reported the home centers segment
as discontinued operations. Operating results of such discontinued operations
were as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      FISCAL
                                                                                     1994(A)
                                                                                    ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Sales.............................................................................  $  271,989
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
Loss before income taxes(b).......................................................  $   (2,383)
Income tax benefit................................................................         284
                                                                                    ----------
Loss from discontinued operations.................................................  $   (2,099)
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Represents the results of operations related to the home centers segment
    from January 30, 1994 through November 3, 1994.
 
(b) The Company charged the home centers segment interest expense, which related
    to a proportionate share of certain borrowings. This charge amounted to
    $11.0 million in Fiscal 1994 and is included in the results of the
    discontinued operations.
 
NOTE 25--NEW CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
    On October 8, 1996, the Company hired a new Chief Executive Officer (the
"CEO") pursuant to a five-year employment agreement (the "Employment
Agreement"). In conjunction with his employment, SMG-II granted to the CEO an
equity package (the "Equity Strip") consisting of 8,520 restricted shares of a
new series of SMG-II Preferred Stock and 19,851 restricted shares of SMG-II
Common Stock and options to purchase 100,000 shares of SMG-II Common Stock at an
initial exercise price of $100 per share (the "Options") with the said exercise
price increasing over time. The Equity Strip was valued at $3.4 million at the
date of issuance, based upon an independent appraisal, and will vest over the
term of the employment agreement or earlier with the occurrence of an
employment-related event, as defined, and will be forfeited in its entirety upon
the occurrence of a termination event, as defined. The Equity Strip is being
amortized as compensation expense in the Company's statement of operations over
the term of the Employment Agreement. The Options were accounted for by SMG-II
using the methods prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and as a result, no compensation
expense was recorded. The Options will vest over four years and expire one year
after being fully vested, except for the portion of the Options that vest on the
day before the fifth year and has not yet become exercisable, the expiration of
which will be extended to year seven. If employment with the Company should end
as a result of a termination event, the Options (whether or not then vested)
will be immediately and irrevocably forfeited, except in certain circumstances.
Vested Options do not become exercisable until the occurrence of certain events
related generally to the realization of a third-party sale of SMG-II Common
Stock. The CEO also received (a) a one-time signing bonus of $1 million, which
is being amortized as compensation expense in the Company's statement of
operations over the term of the Employment Agreement, and (b) a $4.5 million
loan evidenced by sixteen separate promissory notes. Under the terms of each
note, if he is in full employment of the Company on a quarterly anniversary of
his hiring date, his obligation to pay such note maturing on such date will be
forgiven as to principal, but not any then accrued and unpaid interest. The
Company will record compensation expense upon the forgiveness of each note. In
the event his employment ends, as a result of a termination event, prior to a
change in control, as defined, each note will become immediately due and payable
as to all outstanding principal and
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 25--NEW CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (CONTINUED)
all accrued and unpaid interest. These notes, which bear interest at a blended
rate of approximately 6%, are on a full-recourse basis and secured by the Equity
Strip, the Options and any shares acquired upon exercise of such Options.
 
NOTE 26--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    RICKEL:
 
    In connection with the sale of its home centers segment in Fiscal 1994, the
Company, as lessor, entered into leases for certain real estate properties with
Rickel, as tenant (the "Leases"), pursuant to which the Company is entitled to
receive annual aggregate rentals of approximately $4.5 million. In addition, as
part of the sale, the Company assigned to Rickel, and Rickel assumed, various
liabilities of the home centers segment, primarily third party leases (the
"Assumed Liabilities"). As of February 1, 1997, the estimated present value of
obligations under the Assumed Liabilities approximated $29.0 million.
 
    In January 1996, Rickel filed for bankruptcy protection under Chapter 11 of
the United States Bankruptcy Code. In April 1996, the Company filed its proofs
of claim in connection with the bankruptcy proceedings. In August 1996, Rickel
filed an order with the Bankruptcy Court to reject a third party lease. The
estimated present value of this lease obligation is approximately $4.5 million.
In November 1996, Rickel filed an order with the Bankruptcy Court to reject four
Leases related to property owned by the Company, with aggregate annual rentals
of approximately $2.4 million. The Company is actively marketing these
properties to other prospective tenants. In February 1997, Rickel filed an order
with the Bankruptcy Court to reject one additional third party lease, which the
Company has settled with the landlord. Management has evaluated its exposure
with respect to these rejected Leases and has concluded that the Company has
sufficient reserves to cover any resulting liability which may occur with
respect to these rejected Leases. Since the bankruptcy is not concluded, the
Company cannot determine whether Rickel will reject any additional Leases or the
extent to which the Company may become liable with respect to the Assumed
Liabilities in the event of Rickel's nonpayment thereof.
 
    OUTSOURCING:
 
    In August 1991, the Company entered into a long-term agreement with IBM, to
provide a wide range of information systems services. Under the agreement, IBM
has taken over the Company's data center operations and mainframe processing and
information system functions and is providing business applications and systems
designed to enhance the Company's customer service and efficiency. The charges
under this agreement are based upon the services requested at predetermined
rates. The Company may terminate the agreement upon 90 days notice with payment
of a specified termination charge. The amounts expensed under this agreement in
the accompanying consolidated statements of operations were $22.1 million, $21.0
million and $16.0 million during Fiscal 1996, Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal 1994,
respectively.
 
    OTHER:
 
    The Company is also a party to a number of legal proceedings in the ordinary
course of business. Management believes that the ultimate resolution of these
proceedings will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on the
financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 27--QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
    Financial data for the interim periods of Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1995 is as
follows (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   13 WEEKS ENDED
                                                                   ----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                    MAY 4,    AUGUST 3,  NOVEMBER 2,  FEBRUARY 1,    FISCAL
                                                                     1996       1996        1996         1997         1996
                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------
52 WEEKS ENDED FEBRUARY 1, 1997
Sales............................................................  $ 912,972  $ 931,363   $ 911,221   $   955,434  $ 3,710,990
Gross profit(a)..................................................    266,023    274,951     266,801       283,886    1,091,661
Selling, general and administrative expenses(b)..................    213,710    214,987     211,821       216,856      857,374
Depreciation and amortization....................................     20,674     21,458      20,536        26,471       89,139
Restructuring charge.............................................     --         --          --             9,137        9,137
Lease commitment charge..........................................     --         --          --             8,763        8,763
Operating earnings...............................................     31,639     38,506      34,444        22,659      127,248
Interest expense.................................................    (40,589)   (41,106)    (40,951)      (41,472)    (164,118)
Loss from operations before income taxes and extraordinary
  items..........................................................     (8,950)    (2,600)     (6,507)      (18,813)     (36,870)
Income tax benefit...............................................      3,625        878       2,567        10,653       17,723
Loss from operations before extraordinary items..................     (5,325)    (1,722)     (3,940)       (8,160)     (19,147)
Extraordinary items, net of an income tax benefit................       (793)      (204)     --           --              (997)
Net loss.........................................................  $  (6,118) $  (1,926)  $  (3,940)  $    (8,160) $   (20,144)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             13 WEEKS ENDED             14 WEEKS
                                                                    ---------------------------------     ENDED
                                                                    APRIL 29,  JULY 29,   OCTOBER 28,  FEBRUARY 3,    FISCAL
                                                                      1995       1995        1995         1996         1995
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
53 WEEKS ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 1996
Sales.............................................................  $ 982,014  $ 972,363   $ 939,864   $ 1,077,829  $ 3,972,070
Gross profit(c)...................................................    277,637    276,587     261,246       318,913    1,134,383
Selling, general and administrative expenses(b)...................    213,807    215,474     208,173       228,397      865,851
Depreciation and amortization.....................................     19,979     20,117      20,134        20,305       80,535
Operating earnings................................................     43,851     40,996      32,939        70,211      187,997
Interest expense..................................................    (43,170)   (43,750)    (41,879)      (42,170)    (170,969)
Gain on disposition of freestanding drug stores...................     --         15,535      --           --            15,535
Gain on disposal of Purity........................................     --         --          --            16,381       16,381
Earnings (loss) from operations before income taxes and
  extraordinary items.............................................        681     12,781      (8,940)       44,422       48,944
Income tax benefit (provision)....................................       (101)    19,941       4,294         5,629       29,763
Earnings (loss) from operations before extraordinary items........        580     32,722      (4,646)       50,051       78,707
Extraordinary items, net of an income tax benefit.................       (252)      (675)     --            (1,253)      (2,180)
Net earnings (loss)...............................................  $     328  $  32,047   $  (4,646)  $    48,798  $    76,527
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) The pretax LIFO provision for Fiscal 1996 was $0.85 million in the first and
    second quarter with no provision in the third quarter. The annual credit was
    $1.3 million, resulting in a $3.0 million credit in the fourth quarter.
 
(b) Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") for Fiscal 1996
    included a first quarter provision of $5.8 million representing the
    termination costs of two former executives of the Company, a first quarter
    gain of $5.6 million recognized on the sale of certain real estate and a
    second quarter curtailment gain of $2.0 million due to the elimination of
    postretirement medical coverage for active non-union associates. SG&A for
    Fiscal 1995 also included a fourth quarter gain of $3.4 million recognized
    on the sale of a former warehouse of Purity, a previously divested company.
 
(c) The pretax LIFO provision for Fiscal 1995 was $0.8 million in the first
    quarter, $0.5 million in the second quarter and $0.8 million in the third
    quarter. The annual provision was $1.1 million, resulting in a $1.0 million
    credit in the fourth quarter.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
Board of Directors and Stockholder
 
Supermarkets General Holdings Corporation
 
Woodbridge, New Jersey
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Supermarkets
General Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of February
1, 1997 and February 3, 1996, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholder's deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended February 1, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of February 1,
1997 and February 3, 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Parsippany, New Jersey
April 23, 1997
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
  FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
 
    Not applicable.
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY (AS OF APRIL 15, 1997)
 
(A) DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The following table sets forth the name, principal occupation or employment
at the present time and during the last five years, and the name and principal
business of any corporation or other organization in which such occupation or
employment is or was conducted, of the directors of the Company, all of whom are
citizens of the United States unless otherwise indicated. Each individual named
below is a director of both the Company and Pathmark, except for Messrs.
Upchurch and Volla.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   DIRECTOR OF THE
                                                                                                       COMPANY
                     NAME, AGE, PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION AND OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS                          SINCE (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                                <C>
 
MATTHIAS BOWMAN, 48, Chief Executive Officer of Merrill Lynch Capital Partners, Inc., ("MLCP"),            1997
  an investment firm affiliated with Merrill Lynch & Co., ("ML& Co."), the financial services
  concern, since 1994; Vice Chairman of Investment Banking with ML&Co. since 1993; Managing
  Director of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated since at least 1992. Mr. Bowman
  is also a Director of Rykoff-Sexton, Inc.
 
JOHN W. BOYLE, 68, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company from March 1996 to October          1996
  1996 (Retired); Vice Chairman (retired), Eckerd Corporation, a drug store chain, between 1983
  and 1995. Mr. Boyle is also a Director of United Artists Theater Circuit, Inc.(2)
 
JAMES J. BURKE, JR., 45, Managing Partner and a Director of Stonington Partners, Inc. ("SPI"), a           1988
  private investment firm, since 1993, and a Director of MLCP since 1987; Partner of MLCP from
  1993 to 1994; President and Chief Executive Officer of MLCP from 1987 to 1993. Mr. Burke was
  also a Managing Director of ML&Co. until 1994. Mr. Burke is also a Director of Ann Taylor
  Stores Corp., Borg-Warner Security Corp., Education Management Corp. and United Artists Theater
  Circuit, Inc.
 
JAMES DONALD, 43, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (since October            1996
  1996); Senior Vice President and General Manager, Safeway, Inc., Eastern Division from February
  1994 until October 1996; Vice President-Marketing, Wal-mart Corp. prior thereto(3).
 
U. PETER C. GUMMESON, 38, Managing Director of Alliance Corporate Finance Group, Incorporated, an          1996
  investment firm affiliated with the Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States (the
  "Equitable") and an investment officer of the Equitable.
 
SUNIL C. KHANNA, 40, Principal of SPI since 1993; Principal of MLCP from 1993 to 1994; Vice                1987
  President of MLCP from 1989 to 1993; a Director of the Investment Banking Division of ML&Co.
  from 1993 to 1994, and a Vice President thereof prior thereto. Mr. Khanna is also a Director of
  Rykoff-Sexton, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   DIRECTOR OF THE
                                                                                                       COMPANY
                     NAME, AGE, PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION AND OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS                          SINCE (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                                <C>
STEPHEN M. McLEAN, 39, Partner and a Director of SPI since 1993; Partner of MLCP from 1993 to              1987
  1994; Senior Vice President of MLCP from 1987 to 1993; Director of MLCP since 1987; Managing
  Director of the Investment Banking Division of ML&Co. until 1994. Mr. McLean is also a Director
  of CMI Industries, Inc. and Dictaphone Corporation.
 
ROBERT G. MILLER, 53, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fred Meyer, Inc., a diversified              1997
  retailer. Mr. Miller is also a Director of PacifiCorp.
 
JERRY G. RUBENSTEIN, 67, Managing Partner, Omni Management Associates; Consultant to MLCP since            1988
  1988.
 
JAMES B. UPCHURCH, 38, President and Chief Operating Officer of Libra Investments, Inc., an NASD           1995
  licensed broker/dealer.
 
STEVEN L. VOLLA, 50, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Primary Health Systems, L.P., a               1995
  hospital management company, since June 1994; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
  of American Health Care Management, Inc., prior thereto.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes service with Pathmark's predecessor.
 
(2) Mr. Boyle was retained on March 20, 1996 to act as the Company's interim
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He resigned said position on October
    7, 1996.
 
(3) Mr. Donald was elected as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
    the Company effective October 8, 1996.
 
    Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the ML Investors are entitled to
designate seven directors, the Management Investors are entitled to designate
three directors and The Equitable Investors are entitled to designate one
director to Holdings' Board of Directors. By having the ability to designate a
majority of Holdings' Board of Directors, the Merrill Lynch Investors have the
ability to control the Company. Currently, six of the persons serving as
directors were designated by the Merrill Lynch Investors (Messrs. Bowman, Boyle,
Burke, Khanna, McLean and Rubenstein), one was designated by the Management
Investors (Mr. Donald) and one was designated by the Equitable Investors (Mr.
Gummeson). Mr. Miller was designated by the three investor groups. Messrs.
Upchurch and Volla were elected by the holders of Holdings Preferred Stock. No
family relationship exists between any director and any other director or
executive officer of the Company.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
(B) EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The following table sets forth the name, principal occupation or employment
at the present time and during the last five years, and the name of any
corporation or other organization in which such occupation or employment is or
was conducted, of the executive officers of the Company, all of whom are
citizens of the United States unless otherwise indicated and serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company. The executive officers of
the Company listed below were elected to office for an indefinite period of
time. No family relationship exists between any executive officer and any other
executive officer or director of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             OFFICER OF THE
                                                                                                                 COMPANY
                     NAME                           AGE                   POSITIONS AND OFFICE                  SINCE(1)
- ----------------------------------------------      ---      ----------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>                                             <C>
 
JAMES DONALD..................................          43   Chairman, President and Chief Executive                 1996
                                                             Officer since October 1996(2)
 
NEILL CROWLEY.................................          54   Executive Vice President--Retail Services               1994
                                                             since October 1996; Executive Vice
                                                             President--Distribution since May 1995;
                                                             Executive Vice President-- Marketing from May
                                                             1994 to May 1995; Executive Vice
                                                             President--Marketing and Store Support, The
                                                             Vons Companies, Inc. (a supermarket chain)
                                                             prior thereto.
 
RON MARSHALL..................................          43   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial            1994
                                                             Officer since October 1994. Senior Vice
                                                             President and Chief Financial Officer of Dart
                                                             Group Corporation (a diversified retailer)
                                                             prior thereto.
 
JOSEPH W. ADELHARDT...........................          50   Senior Vice President and Controller since              1987
                                                             January 1996; Vice President and Controller
                                                             prior thereto. Mr. Adelhardt joined the
                                                             Company in 1976.
 
HARVEY M. GUTMAN..............................          51   Senior Vice President--Retail Development. Mr.          1990
                                                             Gutman joined the Company in 1976.
 
ROBERT JOYCE..................................          51   Senior Vice President (since October 1996);             1989
                                                             Executive Vice President-- Operations (from
                                                             January 1996 to October 1996; Senior Vice
                                                             President-- Operations--from March 1995 to
                                                             January 1996; Senior Vice President--
                                                             Administration prior thereto. Mr. Joyce joined
                                                             the Company in 1963.
</TABLE>
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             OFFICER OF THE
                                                                                                                 COMPANY
                     NAME                           AGE                   POSITIONS AND OFFICE                  SINCE(1)
- ----------------------------------------------      ---      ----------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>                                             <C>
RONALD RALLO..................................          59   Senior Vice President--Merchandising (since             1993
                                                             October 1996); Executive Vice
                                                             President--Merchandising (from May 1995 to
                                                             October 1996); Senior Vice
                                                             President--Merchandising from July 1993 to May
                                                             1995); Senior Vice President--Merchandising
                                                             Pathmark division (from September 1992 to July
                                                             1993); Senior Vice President--Perishable
                                                             Merchandising, Pathmark division prior
                                                             thereto. Mr. Rallo joined the Company in 1962.
 
MARC A. STRASSLER.............................          48   Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel.          1987
                                                             Mr. Strassler joined the Company in 1974.
 
MYRON D. WAXBERG..............................          63   Vice President and General Counsel-- Real               1991
                                                             Estate Mr. Waxberg joined the Company in 1976.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes service with Pathmark's predecessor.
 
(2) Member of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION                           AWARDS
                                 -------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                              <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
                                                                                                   SECURITIES
                                                                     OTHER ANNUAL    RESTRICTED    UNDERLYING      ALL OTHER
                                                                     COMPENSATION   STOCK AWARDS  OPTIONS/SARS   COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION        YEAR     SALARY ($)   BONUS ($)      ($) (1)        ($)(2)        (#) (3)        ($) (4)
- -------------------------------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
James L. Donald(5).............       1996     193,846    1,175,000      340,021      3,400,000       100,000          16,821
  Chairman, President and Chief
  Executive Officer
Jack Futterman(6)..............       1996      70,673       --           --             --            --           2,545,000
  Retired Chairman, President         1995     526,442      332,658       --             --            --               5,250
  and CEO                             1994     491,346       92,127       --             --            --               5,250
John W. Boyle(5)...............       1996      --           --           --             --             3,000         388,980
  Retired Interim Chairman,
  President and CEO
Ron Marshall...................       1996     300,000       36,000       49,177         --            --               5,250
  Executive Vice President and        1995     280,289      168,173       --             --            --             --
  Chief Financial Officer             1994      89,904       53,942       --             --             2,000         --
Neill Crowley..................       1996     253,750       30,450       --             --            --               5,250
  Executive Vice                      1995     247,212      112,241       --             --            --               4,341
  President--Retail Services          1994     168,712       21,089       --             --             1,000         --
Ronald Rallo...................       1996     245,000       29,400        4,389         --            --               5,250
  Senior Vice President--             1995     227,500      113,585        4,399         --            --               5,250
  Merchandising                       1994     200,385       21,141        4,265         --            --               5,250
Robert Joyce...................       1996     223,846       26,862        2,195         --            --               5,250
  Senior Vice President               1995     205,437       84,650        2,200         --               250           5,250
                                      1994     169,125       21,141        2,133         --            --               5,250
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Represents (i) with respect to Mr. Donald, payment of $58,771 to Mr. Donald
    as reimbursement of legal expenses in connection with the negotiation of his
    employment agreement and forgiveness of a loan payment due to the Company of
    $281,250; (ii) with respect to Mr. Marshall, reimbursement of relocation
    expenses; and (iii) with respect to Messrs. Rallo and Joyce, payments as
    reimbursement for interest paid to Holdings for loans each of less than
    $60,000 from Holdings in connection with the purchase of SMG-II Class A
    Common Stock, and includes an amount sufficient to pay any income taxes
    resulting therefrom after taking into account the value of any deductions
    available as a result of the payment of such interest and taxes.
 
(2) Includes accumulated dividends of $1,039,440 with respect to an award of
    8,520 restricted shares of SMG-II Series C Preferred Stock.
 
(3) Stock options shown were granted (i) to Mr. Donald pursuant to the
    Employment Agreement dated October 8, 1996 among the Company, SMG-II and Mr.
    Donald (the "Donald Agreement"); and (ii) to Messrs. Boyle, Marshall,
    Crowley and Joyce pursuant to the Management Investors 1987 Stock Option
    Plan of SMG-II (the "Plan"). All options relate to shares of SMG-II Class A
    Common Stock.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
(4) Represents (i) with respect to Mr. Donald, payments of $11,756 on behalf of
    Mr. Donald for temporary housing and $5,065 for a term life insurance
    premium on Mr. Donald's life; (ii) with respect to Mr. Futterman, payments
    of $4,594 representing the Company's matching contribution to the SGC
    Savings Plan, $2,128,150 paid to Mr. Futterman pursuant to a Retirement
    Agreement dated March 20, 1996 among Mr. Futterman, the Company and SMG-II
    (the "Retirement Agreement"), and $412,256 paid pursuant to Mr. Futterman's
    Supplemental Retirement Agreement; (iii) with respect to Mr. Boyle, payments
    of $288,980 representing a consulting fee for acting as the Company's
    interim Chief Executive Officer payable pursuant to a Consulting Agreement
    dated March 20, 1996 between the Company and Mr. Boyle, and a completion
    bonus of $100,000 in connection with the identification and hiring of Mr.
    Donald as Chief Executive Officer; and (iv) with respect to the other four
    named executive officers, the Company's matching contribution under the SGC
    Savings Plan.
 
(5) Mr. Donald was employed by the Company on October 8, 1996 as Chairman,
    President and CEO replacing Mr. Boyle who acted as interim Chairman and CEO
    from March 20, 1996 to October 7, 1996.
 
(6) Mr. Futterman retired on March 20, 1996.
 
                     OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                                                                                  RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                                                                                                APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                                                       INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                  TERM
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>         <C>
                                                   % OF TOTAL
                                                    OPTIONS/
                                                  SARS GRANTED      EXERCISE OR
                                  OPTIONS/SARS    TO EMPLOYEES      BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION
NAME                               GRANTED (#)   IN FISCAL YEAR       ($/SH)          DATE        5% ($)      10% ($)
- --------------------------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------  ----------  ------------
James L. Donald.................      100,000            95.7           (1)            (2)       6,288,946    15,937,425
John W. Boyle...................        3,000(3)          2.9              100        5/02/06      188,668       478,123
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The stock option to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of SMG-II Class
    A Common Stock granted to Mr. Donald by SMG-II consists of component A
    ("Option Component A") covering 50,000 shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock
    and component B ("Option Component B") covering the remaining 50,000 shares
    of Common Stock. Subject to the vesting terms described below, Option
    Component A has an initial per share exercise price of $100 per share. The
    per share exercise price of Option Component A will increase to $125 per
    share on the first day of the Fiscal Year beginning in calendar year 2000
    ("Fiscal Year 2000") and to $150 per share on the first day of the Fiscal
    Year beginning in calendar year 2001 ("Fiscal Year 2001"). Subject to the
    vesting terms described below, Option Component B has an initial per share
    exercise price of $100 per share. The per share exercise price of Option
    Component B will increase to $150 per share on the first day of the Fiscal
    Year beginning in calendar year 1999; to $250 per share on the first day of
    Fiscal Year 2000; and to $350 per share on the first day of Fiscal Year
    2001. Mr. Donald will vest in 25% of the Option Component A and in 25% of
    the Option Component B on the Effective Date and on each of the first
    through third anniversaries of the Effective Date, provided that the
    Optionee is in the employ of the Company on each such date. Upon the
    occurrence of a Minimum IPO (as defined below) while the Optionee is in the
    employ of the Company, the entire Option shall immediately and fully vest.
    In addition, the Option will immediately and fully vest upon the occurrence
    of a Change in Control occurring prior to a Termination Event. Except for
    purposes of tag-along rights and piggyback rights under the Stockholders
    Agreement, the Option shall not be exercisable (even though the Option or a
    portion thereof is vested) unless and until it becomes exercisable in
    accordance with the following provisions:
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
   (i) The Exercisable Percentage as defined below) of each component of the
       Option will become exercisable if the ML Investors (as defined in the
       Stockholders Agreement) have a Realization Event (as defined below) in
       respect of the SMG-II Class A Common Stock at a per share price in excess
       of the amounts (the "Target Prices") set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          TARGET PRICE PER   TARGET PRICE PER
                                                            SHARE/OPTION       SHARE/OPTION
PERIOD OF TIME                                               COMPONENT A        COMPONENT B
- --------------------------------------------------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>
Prior to 2/1/00.........................................      $     100          $     150
2/1/00 to 1/31/01.......................................      $     125          $     250
2/1/01 and after........................................      $     150          $     350
</TABLE>
 
   (ii) Notwithstanding the above, if the ML Investors have a Realization Event
        for more than 15% of the shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock
        beneficially owned by them on the date Mr. Donald is granted an Option
        at a per share price in excess of the Target Price described above
        applicable to the date when such Realization Event occurs, then the
        components of the Option for which such Target Prices have been achieved
        shall become immediately vested and exercisable and the exercise price
        shall not thereafter increase.
 
(2) The Option will expire on October 8, 2001 to the extent not previously
    exercised (the "Expiration Date"); provided, however, that the Expiration
    Date for the portion of Option Component A and Option Component B which is
    vested prior to such Expiration Date will be extended until October 8, 2003
    if such vested portion of Option Component A and Option Component B, as the
    case may be, has not become exercisable by such initial Expiration Date.
    During the period of such extension, the per share exercise price of Option
    Component A and Option Component B, as the case may be (to the extent not
    previously exercised), will increase at the end of each month during such
    extension period at an annual rate of 10%.
 
(3) Options shown were granted pursuant to the Plan, and relate to shares of
    Class A Common Stock of SMG-II. Options are fully vested and exercisable at
    the time of grant, provided that no exercise may occur unless a registration
    statement has been filed under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to
    the shares subject to the option or the Compensation Committee of the Board
    of Directors of SMG-II determines that an exemption from registration is
    available.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
   AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FY-END OPTION/SAR
                                   VALUES(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
                                                                                  SECURITIES
                                                                                  UNDERLYING
                                                                                  UNEXERCISED
                                                                                 OPTIONS/SARS
                                                                                 AT FY-END (#)
                                                                                 EXERCISABLE/
NAME                                                                             UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
John W. Boyle..................................................................       3,000/0
Jack Futterman.................................................................      13,000/0
James Donald...................................................................     0/100,000
Neill Crowley..................................................................       1,000/0
Ron Marshall...................................................................       2,000/0
Ronald Rallo...................................................................       2,850/0
Robert Joyce...................................................................       2,500/0
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Options shown were granted pursuant to the Plan (except with respect to Mr.
    Donald) and relate to shares of Class A Common Stock of SMG-II. No options
    were exercised in Fiscal 1996 by any of the above named executives.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PENSION PLAN TABLE(1)
                                                                          YEARS OF SERVICE
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------
FINAL AVERAGE PAY                                    10         15         20         25         30         35
- ------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
$150,000........................................  $  20,000  $  30,000  $  40,000  $  50,000  $  60,000  $  60,000
 200,000........................................     26,667     40,000     53,333     66,667     80,000     80,000
 225,000........................................     30,000     45,000     60,000     75,000     90,000     90,000
 250,000........................................     33,333     50,000     66,667     83,333    100,000    100,000
 300,000........................................     40,000     60,000     80,000    100,000    120,000    120,000
 350,000........................................     46,667     70,000     93,333    116,667    140,000    140,000
 400,000........................................     53,333     80,000    106,667    133,333    160,000    160,000
 450,000........................................     60,000     90,000    120,000    150,000    180,000    180,000
 500,000........................................     66,667    100,000    133,333    166,667    200,000    200,000
 550,000........................................     73,333    110,000    146,667    183,333    220,000    220,000
 600,000........................................     80,000    120,000    160,000    200,000    240,000    240,000
 650,000........................................     86,667    130,000    173,333    216,667    260,000    260,000
 700,000........................................     93,333    140,000    186,667    233,333    280,000    280,000
 750,000........................................    100,000    150,000    200,000    250,000    300,000    300,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The table above illustrates the aggregate annual pension benefits payable
    under the SGC Pension Plan and Excess Benefit Plan (collectively, the
    "Pension Plans"). The retirement benefit for individuals with 30 years of
    credited service is 40% of the individual's average compensation during his
    or her highest five compensation years in the last ten years before
    retirement, less one-half of the social security benefit received. The
    retirement benefit is reduced by 3.33% for every year of credited service
    less than 30. Covered compensation under the Pension Plans includes all cash
    compensation subject to withholding plus amounts deferred under the Savings
    Plan pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
    amended, and as to individuals identified in the Summary Compensation Table,
    would be the amount set forth in that table under the headings "Salary" and
    "Bonus". The
 
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
(FOOTNOTES CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
 
    table shows the estimated annual benefits an individual would be entitled to
    receive if normal retirement at age 65 occurred in January 1997 after the
    indicated number of years of covered employment and if the average of the
    participant's covered compensation for the five years out of the last ten
    years of such employment yielding the highest such average equaled the
    amounts indicated. The estimated annual benefits are based on the assumption
    that the individual will receive retirement benefits in the form of a single
    life annuity (married participants may elect a joint survivorship option)
    and are before applicable deductions for social security benefits in effect
    as of January 1997. As of December 31, 1996, the following individuals had
    the number of years of credited service indicated after their names: Mr.
    Futterman, 22.8; Mr. Crowley, 1.5; Mr. Rallo, 30, Mr. Joyce, 26.7 and Mr.
    Marshall, 1.0. Neither Mr. Donald nor Mr. Boyle had any credited service. As
    described below in "Compensation Plans and Arrangements--SUPPLEMENTAL
    RETIREMENT AGREEMENTS", certain of the named executives is party to a
    Supplemental Retirement Agreement with Pathmark.
 
COMPENSATION PLANS AND ARRANGEMENTS
 
    SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENTS.  The Company has entered into
supplemental retirement agreements with certain key executives, including
certain of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table, and
set forth below, which provide that said executive officers will be paid upon
termination of employment after attainment of age 60 a supplemental pension
benefit in such an amount as to assure him or her an annual amount of pension
benefits payable under the supplemental retirement agreement, the Company's
qualified pension plans and certain other plans of the Company, including
Savings Plan balances as of March 31, 1983, (a) in the case of Mr. Futterman,
equal to $525,000, (b) in the case of Messrs. Joyce and Rallo equal to (i) 30%
of his final average Compensation based on ten years of service with the Company
and increasing 1% per year for each year of service thereafter, to a maximum of
40%, of his final average Compensation based on 20 years of service, or (ii)
$150,000, whichever is less, and (d) in the case of Messrs. Crowley and
Marshall, equal to 12.5% of his final average Compensation based on five years
of service with the Company and increasing 2.5% per year for each year of
service thereafter to a maximum of 35% of his final average Compensation based
on 14 years of service. "Compensation" includes base salary and payments under
the Executive Incentive Plan, but excludes Company matching contributions under
the Savings Plan. If the executive leaves the Company prior to completing 20
years of service (other than for disability), the supplemental benefit would be
reduced proportionately. Should the executive die, the surviving spouse then
receiving or, if he or she was not then receiving a supplemental pension
benefit, the spouse would be entitled, provided the executive has attained at
least ten years of service with the Company.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS:
 
    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT AMONG PATHMARK, SMG-II AND JAMES L. DONALD.  On October
8, 1996 (the "Effective Date"), the Company entered into the Donald Agreement
with Mr. James L. Donald pursuant to which Mr. Donald was elected Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer for a term of five years. The Donald
Agreement provides Mr. Donald with an initial annual base salary of $600,000 and
provides that he shall participate in the Pathmark Executive Incentive Plan,
under which Mr. Donald may earn an annual bonus of up to 125% of his annual
salary based on performance targets that are set by the Board. For the partial
fiscal year commencing on the Effective Date and ending on February 1, 1997, the
Donald Agreement guaranties Mr. Donald a minimum bonus of $175,000 and, for the
first full fiscal year during the term of the Donald Agreement, Mr. Donald shall
receive a minimum annual bonus of $425,000. Furthermore, under the Donald
Agreement, Mr. Donald is guaranteed an annual bonus for each of the second,
third and fourth full fiscal years of the term of at least 25% of his base
salary. The Donald Agreement provides Mr. Donald with the right to defer up to
50% of his annual bonus and salary, which shall be held in a grantor trust
established by the Company. During the term of the Donald Agreement, in
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
addition to the base salary, bonus eligibility and other customary annual
benefits and perquisites that the Company generally provides to its executive
officers, the Company will provide Mr. Donald with a company car and term life
insurance in the amount of $4.5 million during the first year and $3.2 million
thereafter. The Company also reimbursed Mr. Donald for the legal expenses
incurred by him in the negotiation of the Donald Agreement. Mr. Donald also
received a one-time signing bonus of $1 million, which is being amortized over
the term of the Donald Agreement.
 
    Furthermore, Mr. Donald received an equity package (the "Equity Strip"),
consisting of 8,520 restricted shares of a new series of SMG-II Preferred Stock
with a stated value of $200 per share and 19,851 restricted shares of SMG-II
Class A Common Stock, the terms of which are set forth in the stock award
agreement (the "Stock Award Agreement"). The Equity Strip, which as of the
Effective Date was valued by the Company at $3.4 million, based upon an
independent appraisal, will vest in its entirety upon the occurrence of an
Employment-Related Event, as defined in the Stock Award Agreement, and will be
forfeited in its entirety upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, as defined
in the Donald Agreement. The valuation of $3.4 million is being amortized by the
Company over the term of the Donald Agreement. The Preferred Stock ranks pari
passu with the existing SMG-II convertible preferred stock and will accrue
dividends at a rate of 10% per annum. The Preferred Stock will be convertible
into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. As of the Effective Date, the
Preferred Stock had accumulated dividends of approximately $122 per share.
 
    In addition, Mr. Donald received a stock option (the "Option") to purchase
an aggregate of 100,000 shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock. The Option
consists of component A ("Option Component A") covering 50,000 shares of SMG-II
Class A Common Stock and component B ("Option Component B") covering the
remaining 50,000 shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock. Any terms used herein
not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Donald
Agreement. Option Component A shall have an initial per share exercise price of
$100 per share. The per share exercise price of Option Component A will increase
to $125 per share on the first day of the Fiscal Year beginning in calendar year
2000 ("Fiscal Year 2000") and to $150 per share on the first day of the Fiscal
Year beginning in calendar year 2001 ("Fiscal Year 2001"). Option Component B
will have an initial per share exercise price of $100 per share. The per share
exercise price of Option Component B will increase to $150 per share on the
first day of the Fiscal Year beginning in calendar year 1999; to $250 per share
on the first day of Fiscal Year 2000; and to $350 per share on the first day of
Fiscal 2001. The Option will expire on the fifth anniversary of the Effective
Date to the extent not previously exercised (the "Expiration Date"); provided,
however, that the Expiration Date for the portion of Option Component A and
Option Component B which is vested (as explained below) immediately prior to
such Expiration Date will be extended until the seventh anniversary of the
Effective Date if such vested portion of Option Component A and Option Component
B, as the case may be, has not become exercisable by such initial Expiration
Date. During the period of such extension, the per share exercise price of
Option Component A and Option Component B, as the case may be (to the extent not
previously exercised), will increase at the end of each month during such
extension period at an annual rate of 10%. Mr. Donald will vest in 25% of Option
Component A and in 25% of Option Component B on the Effective Date and on each
of the first through third anniversaries of the Effective Date, provided that
the Optionee is in the employ of Pathmark on each such date. Upon the occurrence
of a Minimum IPO (as defined below) while the Optionee is in the employ of the
Company, the entire Option shall immediately and fully vest. In addition, the
Option will immediately and fully vest upon the occurrence of a Change in
Control (as defined below) occurring prior to the Termination Event (as defined
below). If Mr. Donald's employment with the Company should end as a result of a
Termination Event, then, as of the applicable date of termination, the entire
Option (whether or not then vested) will be immediately and irrevocably
forfeited.
 
    Except for purposes of tag-along rights under Article V of the Stockholders
Agreement and the piggyback rights under Article VI of the Stockholders
Agreement, the Option shall not be exercisable
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
(even though the Option or a portion thereof is vested) unless and until it
becomes exercisable in accordance with the following provisions:
 
        (i) The Exercisable Percentage (as defined below) of each component of
    the Option will become exercisable if the ML Investors (as defined in the
    Stockholders Agreement) have a Realization Event (as defined below) in
    respect of the Common Stock at a per share price in excess of the amounts
    (the "Target Prices") set forth below :
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      TARGET PRICE
                  TARGET PRICE PER         PER
                    SHARE/OPTION      SHARE/OPTION
 PERIOD OF TIME      COMPONENT A       COMPONENT B
- ----------------  -----------------  ---------------
<S>               <C>                <C>
Prior to 2/1/00       $     100         $     150
2/1/00 to
1/31/01               $     125         $     250
2/1/01 and after      $     150         $     350
</TABLE>
 
        (ii) Notwithstanding the above, if the ML Investors have a Realization
    Event for more than 15% of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by
    them on the date of grant and Option at a per share price in excess of the
    Target Price described above applicable to the date when such Realization
    Event occurs, then the components of the Option for which such Target Prices
    have been achieved shall become immediately vested and exercisable and the
    exercise price shall not thereafter increase.
 
    In the event that Mr. Donald becomes entitled to any tag-along rights under
Section 5.6 or registration rights under Section 6.2 of the Stockholders
Agreement, he will be permitted to exercise his sale or transfer rights with
respect to the portion of the Option for which the Target Price has been met.
For purposes of Section 5.6(b) of the Stockholders Agreement, 100% of the
portion of the Option for which the Target Amount has been realized will be
considered exercisable in order to determine the number of shares to be included
under Section 5.6(b) of the Stockholders Agreement. If, prior to the Expiration
Date, the Board determines that it is necessary or desirable to list, register
or qualify the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, and if such
listing, registration or qualification is delayed beyond the Expiration Date,
the vested and exercisable portion of the Option will remain exercisable until
30 days after such listing, registration, or qualification is accomplished.
 
    Pursuant to the Donald Agreement, the Company lent Mr. Donald $4.5 million
(the "Loan") evidenced by 16 separate promissory notes. Under the terms of each
note, if Mr. Donald is in full employment of the Company on a quarterly
anniversary of the Effective Date, Mr. Donald's obligation to pay such note
maturing on such date will be forgiven as to principal, but not any then accrued
and unpaid interest. In the event his employment ends at any time during the
term of the Donald Agreement prior to a Change in Control as a result of a
Termination Event, each note will become immediately due and payable as to all
outstanding principal and all accrued and unpaid interest. These notes bear
interest at an effective rate of 6%. The Loan is on a full recourse basis and
secured by the Equity Strip, the Option and any shares acquired upon exercise of
the Option.
 
    In the event of Mr. Donald's Involuntary Termination, Pathmark will pay him
(w) the full amount of any accrued but unpaid base salary, plus a cash payment
(calculated on the basis of the base salary then in effect) for all unused
vacation time which Mr. Donald may have accrued as of the date of Involuntary
Termination; (x) the amount of any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for any Fiscal
Year of Pathmark ended on or prior to the date of Involuntary Termination; (y)
any unpaid reimbursement for business expenses; and (z) a severance amount equal
to four times Mr. Donald's annual rate of salary, based upon the annual rate
then in effect immediately prior to the date of termination, payable in monthly
installments over 24 months. In addition, in the event of an Involuntary
Termination, Mr. Donald and his eligible dependents shall continue to be
eligible to participate in the medical, dental, health and life insurance
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
plans applicable to Mr. Donald immediately prior to the Involuntary Termination
on the same terms and conditions in effect immediately prior to such Involuntary
Termination until the earliest to occur of (i) the end of the 24-month period
after the date of termination, the date Mr. Donald becomes eligible to be
covered under the benefit plans of a subsequent employer and (iii) the date Mr.
Donald breaches any of the protective covenants described below. Furthermore, in
the event of an Involuntary Termination, the Equity Strip will automatically and
without the need for further action or consent by Pathmark become fully vested
in the manner provided by the Stock Award Agreement, and the Option will
continue to remain outstanding to the extent provided by the Option Agreement.
All notes not previously delivered to Mr. Donald will automatically and without
the need for further action or consent by Pathmark be delivered by the escrow
agent to Mr. Donald marked "Paid in Full" upon payment by Mr. Donald of any then
accrued but unpaid interest on the Loan. During the 30-day period beginning 6
months after a Change in Control, Mr. Donald shall be eligible to resign from
the Company for no stated reason and receive all the amounts listed in clauses
(w), (x), (y) and (z) above. Any such resignation in such 30-day period
following a Change in Control shall be treated as an Involuntary Termination for
all purposes of this Agreement.
 
    In the event Mr. Donald's employment ends at any time during the term as a
result of a Termination Event, the Company shall pay him only the amounts
decried in clauses (w), (x) and (y) above, and Mr. Donald will immediately
forfeit the Equity Strip and the Option. In addition, each note will become
immediately due and payable as to all outstanding principal and all accrued and
unpaid interest if Mr. Donald's employment ends prior to a Change in Control as
a result of a Termination Event.
 
    Although, in the event of an Involuntary Termination, Mr. Donald has no duty
to mitigate the severance amount by seeking new employment, any severance amount
payable during the second year of the severance period shall be reduced by any
compensation or benefits Mr. Donald earns in connection with any employment by
another employer.
 
    The Donald Agreement includes protective covenants that prohibit Mr. Donald
from engaging (i) in any activity in competition with Pathmark, or any parent or
subsidiary thereof or (ii) in soliciting employees or customers of Pathmark, or
any parent or subsidiary thereof, during his term of employment and up to two
years thereafter. The Donald Agreement also includes a confidentiality clause
which prohibits Mr. Donald from disclosing any confidential information
regarding Pathmark.
 
    The following definitions apply to the terms of the Donald Agreement:
 
        "CAUSE" means the termination of Mr. Donald's employment with Pathmark
    because of (i) his willful and repeated failure (other than by reason of
    incapacity due to physical or mental illness) to perform the material duties
    of his employment after notice from Pathmark of such failure and his
    inability or unwillingness to correct such failure within 30 days of such
    notice, (ii) his conviction of a felony or plea of no contest to a felony or
    (iii) perpetration by Mr. Donald of a material dishonest act or fraud
    against Pathmark or any parent or subsidiary thereof; provided however,
    that, before Pathmark may terminate Mr. Donald for Cause, the Board shall
    deliver to him a written notice of Pathmark's intent to terminate him for
    Cause, including the reasons for such termination, and Pathmark must provide
    him an opportunity to meet once with the Board prior to such termination.
 
        "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means the acquisition by a person (other than a
    person or group of persons that beneficially owns an equity interest in
    SMG-II or Pathmark on the Effective Date or any person controlled thereby)
    of more than 50% control of the voting securities of SMG-II as a result of a
    sale of voting securities after the Effective Date by the persons who, on
    the Effective Date, have a beneficial interest in such voting securities,
    but shall not include any change in the ownership of Pathmark or SMG-II
    resulting from a public offering.
 
        "COMMON STOCK" means SMG-II Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
    share.
 
        "EXERCISABLE PERCENTAGE" means (i) in connection with a Third Party
    Sale, the percentage of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option
    that Mr. Donald is entitled to sell pursuant to the
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
    exercise of his "tag-along" rights under the Stockholders Agreement and (ii)
    in connection with a Public Offering, the percentage of the shares of Common
    Stock then beneficially owned by the ML Investors (as defined in the
    Stockholders Agreement) which are sold in the Public Offering.
 
        "GOOD REASON" means Mr. Donald's resignation because of (i) the failure
    of Pathmark to pay any material amount of compensation to Mr. Donald when
    due, (ii) a material adverse reduction or material adverse diminution in Mr.
    Donald's titles, duties, positions or responsibilities with Pathmark,
    including, but not limited to, failure by Pathmark to elect Mr. Donald to
    the office of Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) any other material breach by
    Pathmark of the Donald Agreement. In order to assert Good Reason, Mr. Donald
    must provide written notification of his intention to resign within 30
    business days after he knows or has reason to know the occurrence of any
    such event. After Mr. Donald provides such written notice to Pathmark,
    Pathmark shall have 15 days from the date of receipt of such notice to
    effect a cure of the condition constituting Good Reason.
 
        "INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION" means (i) the termination of Mr. Donald's
    employment by Pathmark other than for Cause or disability or (ii) Mr.
    Donald's resignation of employment with Pathmark for Good Reason.
 
        "MINIMUM IPO" means a Public Offering of the Common Stock after the Date
    of Grant at the conclusion of which the aggregate price for all the shares
    of Common Stock having been sold to the public in such Public Offering, plus
    the aggregate offering price for all shares of Common Stock sold in all
    prior Public Offerings of Common Stock occurring after the date that Mr.
    Donald is granted any Option, exceeds $50 million.
 
        "PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean a new series of convertible preferred stock
    that will be issued for purposes of the Donald Agreement.
 
        "PUBLIC OFFERING" means a public offering of the Common Stock pursuant
    to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
 
        "REALIZATION EVENT" means the receipt by the ML Investors (as defined in
    the Stockholders Agreement) of cash or property from an unrelated third
    party as consideration for the sale of shares of Common Stock then
    beneficially owned by the ML Investors. For purposes of the Donald
    Agreement, any property other than cash received by the ML Investors in the
    Realization Event shall have the value ascribed to such property by the
    parties to such sale.
 
        "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
        "STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT" shall mean the Stockholders Agreement, dated as
    of February 4, 1991, as amended, among SMG-II and its stockholders.
 
        "TERMINATION EVENT" shall mean Mr. Donald's resignation without Good
    Reason or a termination by Pathmark for Cause.
 
        "THIRD PARTY SALE" means a sale of Common Stock subject to Section 5.6
    of the Stockholders Agreement.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
OTHER EXECUTIVE AGREEMENTS
 
    As of May 23, 1994, the Company entered into an employment agreement with
Mr. Crowley. As of September 9, 1994, the Company entered into an employment
agreement with Mr. Marshall. As of June 1, 1995, the Company entered into an
employment agreement with Mr. Rallo and Mr. Joyce, respectively. The four above
mentioned employment agreements are hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Employment Agreements". Each of the Employment Agreements is for an initial
term of two years. The term of each Employment Agreement is automatically
extended for an additional year on (a) August 1, 1997 for Mr. Crowley and on
each successive August 1st thereafter; (b) February 1, 1998 for Mr. Marshall and
on each successive February 1st thereafter, and (c) June 1, 1997 for Mr. Rallo
and Mr. Joyce and on each successive June 1st thereafter. Under the terms of his
respective Employment Agreement, each executive is entitled to a minimum annual
base salary of (a) $280,000 for Mr. Crowley; (b) $300,000 for Mr. Marshall, (c)
$245,000 for Mr. Rallo, and (d) $225,000 for Mr. Joyce, which salary is subject
to upward adjustment by the Company. The Employment Agreements also provide that
each executive shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus of up to 66% of his
annual base salary with respect to Messrs. Crowley and Marshall and upto 55% of
his annual base salary with respect to Messrs. Joyce and Rallo, and shall be
provided the opportunity to participate in pension and welfare plans, programs
and arrangements that are generally made available to executives of Pathmark or
as may be deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors of SMG-II.
 
    In the event one of the four above named executives' employment is
terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Employment
Agreements), or by the executive for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment
Agreements) prior to the termination of the applicable Employment Agreement,
such executive will be entitled to continue to receive his base salary and
continued coverage under health and insurance plans for the period commencing on
the date of such termination or resignation through the date of applicable
Employment Agreement would have expired had it not been automatically renewed
but for said termination or resignation, reduced by any compensation or benefits
which the executive is entitled to receive in connection with his employment by
another employer during said period.
 
    The Employment Agreements contain agreements by the executives not to
compete with the Company as long as they are receiving payments under an
employment agreement and an agreement by the executives not to disclose
confidential information.
 
    On March 20, 1996 (the "Retirement Date"), Mr. Futterman retired as Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Pursuant to the Retirement
Agreement, Mr. Futterman will be entitled to receive his base salary at the
annual rate of $525,000 per year during the period, commencing on the day
following the Retirement Date and ending on July 31, 1998, or the date of his
death, if earlier (the "Benefit Period"), plus the bonus or bonuses attributable
to the financial targets set forth for the Company under its Executive Incentive
Plan ("EIP") that he would have earned (a maximum of 75% of base salary) had his
employment continued through the Benefit Period, subject to the Company reaching
the applicable financial targets set under the EIP or any other bonus plan;
provided however, that the minimum bonus paid for each fiscal year of the
Company ending during the Benefit Period, subject to the Company reaching the
applicable financial targets set under the EIP or any other bonus plan; shall
not be less than 25% of the 75% target amount. Additionally, Mr. Futterman will
be entitled to receive continued health coverage through the Benefit Period
under the Company's health and insurance plans applicable to him immediately
prior to the Retirement Date. Each of the above described payments and benefits
shall be reduced by any compensation or benefits he is entitled to receive in
connection with any employment by another employer during the Benefit Period;
provided, however, that such reduction shall not apply to the first $100,000 of
compensation and benefits earned by Mr. Futterman for any calendar year during
the Benefit Period. The Retirement Agreement also provides that Mr. Futterman
shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Company for secretarial and office
expenses incurred by him during the two year period beginning September 1, 1996,
up to $30,000 per year (or an aggregate reimbursement of $60,000). Additionally,
pursuant to the terms of the Retirement Agreement, the Company made a cash lump
sum payment to Mr. Futterman of $1.5 million on April 1, 1996.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    The Company retained John W. Boyle, a Director of the Company, to act as its
interim Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for the period of March 20, 1996
through October 7, 1996 (the "Transition Period"). Under the terms of the
consulting arrangement between the Company and Mr. Boyle, the Company paid Mr.
Boyle a consulting fee of $41,667 per month plus living and travel expenses
during the Transition Period. In addition, Mr. Boyle received a completion bonus
of $100,000 when Mr. Donald commenced employment with the Company.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Prior to January 10, 1997, Messrs. Burke, Khanna and McLean comprised the
compensation committee of the Board of Directors of SMG-II, and were responsible
for decisions concerning compensation of the executive officers of the Company.
Messrs. Burke and McLean are directors of MLCP and they, along with Mr. Khanna,
have been retained by MLCP as consultants. MLCP is an indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary of ML&Co. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Ownership and
Management." On January 10, 1997, Mr. Boyle became a member of the Compensation
Committee.
 
    COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    Each director who is not employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries,
SPI, MLCP or the Equitable Investors or its affiliates receives an annual
retainer of $20,000 per year, plus travel expenses.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
 
    Since February 4, 1991, all shares of the Holdings Common Stock are held by
SMG-II. As of April 15, 1997, the number of shares of Holdings Preferred Stock
and SMG-II (i) Class A Common Stock, (ii) Class B Common Stock, (iii) Series A
Preferred Stock, (iv) Series B Preferred Stock and (v) Series C Preferred Stock,
beneficially owned by the persons known by management of the Company to be the
beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class as
"beneficial ownership" has been defined under Rule 13d-3, as amended, under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are set forth in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER         % OF
  NAME                                                                                        OF SHARES       CLASS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>              <C>
SMG-II Class A Common Stock
  Merrill Lynch Capital Appreciation Partnership No. IX, L.P.(2).........................        488,704.8       65.2
  ML Offshore LBO Partnership No. IX(2)..................................................         12,424.7        1.7
    Barfield House
    St. Julians Avenue
    St. Peter Port
    Guernsey
    Channel Islands
  ML Employees LBO Partnership No. I, L.P.(2)............................................         12,148.6        1.6
  ML IBK Positions, Inc.(3)..............................................................         21,258.9        2.8
  Merchant Banking L.P. No. 1(3).........................................................            8,119        1.1
  Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1987(3)......................................................            7,344        1.0
  CBC Capital Partners, Inc.(4)..........................................................           30,000        4.0
    270 Park Avenue
    New York, NY 10017
  Management and other employees (including former employees of Pathmark)................        169,419(1)      22.6
    301 Blair Road
    Woodbridge, NJ 07095
SMG-II Class B Common Stock
  The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States(5)...........................          114,000       35.6
    c/o Alliance Corporate Finance Group Incorporated
    1345 Avenue of the Americas, 39th Floor
    New York, NY 10005
  Equitable Deal Flow Fund, L.P.(5)......................................................          150,000       46.9
    c/o Alliance Corporate Finance Group Incorporated
    1345 Avenue of the Americas, 39th Floor
    New York, NY 10005
  Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company(5)...........................................           36,000       11.3
    c/o Alliance Corporate Finance Group Incorporated
    1345 Avenue of the Americas, 39th Floor
    New York, NY 10005
  CBC Capital Partners, Inc.(4)..........................................................           20,000        6.2
SMG-II Series A Preferred Stock(6)
  Merrill Lynch Capital Appreciation Partnership No. B-X, L.P.(2)........................          133,043       56.2
  ML Offshore LBO Partnership No. B-X(2).................................................           40,950       17.3
  MLCP Associates, L.P. No. II(2)........................................................            1,740         .7
  ML IBK Positions, Inc.(3)..............................................................         46,344.5       19.6
  Merchant Banking L.P. No. IV(3)........................................................            3,779        1.6
  Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1989(3)......................................................            7,000        3.0
  Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1991(3)......................................................          3,874.5        1.6
SMG-II Series B Preferred Stock(6)
  CBC Capital Partners, Inc.(4)..........................................................           12,500        7.0
  The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States(5)...........................           84,134       46.5
  Equitable Deal Flow Fund, L.P.(5)......................................................           84,135       46.5
</TABLE>
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER         % OF
  NAME                                                                                        OF SHARES       CLASS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>              <C>
SMG-II Series C Preferred Stock(6).......................................................            8,520      100.0
  James Donald
    301 Blair Road
    Woodbridge, NJ 07095
Holdings Preferred Stock(7)(8)
  Fidelity Management & Research Company(9)..............................................          978,425       20.0
    82 Devonshire Street
    Boston, MA 02109
  Sun America, Inc.......................................................................          641,785       13.1
    1 Sun American Center
    Century City
    Los Angeles, CA 90067-6022...........................................................
  Massachusetts Financial Services Company(10)...........................................          591,925       12.1
    500 Boylston Street
    Boston, MA 02116
  State Street Research & Management Company(11).........................................          453,540        9.3
    One Financial Center, 38th Floor
    Boston, MA 02111
  IDS Financial Services, Inc.(12).......................................................          275,000        5.6
    80 South 8th Street
    Minneapolis, MN 55440
  Van Kampen American Capital(13)........................................................          331,251        6.8
    2800 Post Oak Blvd.
    Houston, Texas 77056
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes presently exercisable options granted under the Plan for 76,943
    shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock held by Management Investors.
 
(2) MLCP and its affiliates are the direct or indirect managing partners of ML
    Offshore LBO Partnership No. IX, Merrill Lynch Capital Appreciation
    Partnership No. IX, L.P., ML Employees LBO Partnership No. 1, L.P., Merrill
    Lynch Capital Appreciation Partnership No. B-x, L.P., ML Offshore LBO
    Partnership No. B-X and MLCP Associates, L.P. No. II. Such entities and
    those disclosed in footnote (3) below, are referred to herein as the ML
    Investors. The address of such entities is c/o Merrill Lynch Capital
    Partners, Inc., in care of Stonington Partners, Inc., 767 Fifth Avenue, New
    York, New York 10153. MLCP is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ML&Co.
    The partners and principals of SPI (including Messrs. Burke, McLean and
    Khanna) are consultants to MLCP. Mr. Bowman is Chief Executive Officer of
    MLCP.
 
(3) Merchant Banking L.P. No. 1, Merchant Banking L.P. No. IV, Merrill Lynch
    KECALP L.P. 1987, Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1989, Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P.
    1991 and ML IBK Positions, Inc. are indirectly controlled by ML&Co. The
    address of such entities is c/o James Caruso, Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.,
    World Financial Center, South Tower, New York, New York, 10080-6123.
 
(4) CBC Capital Partners, Inc. is an affiliate of Chase Manhattan Corp.
 
(5) The Equitable Investors are separate purchasers who are affiliates of each
    other.
 
(6) SMG-II Preferred stock may be converted into an equivalent number of shares
    of common stock of SMG-II in accordance with its terms.
 
(7) Voting rights are limited to the election of two directors to the Board of
    Holdings.
 
(8) The information with respect to State Street Research & Management Company,
    IDS Financial Services, Inc., Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Van
    Kampen American Capital and Fidelity Management & Research Company was
    derived from investment information filed with the Commission in 1996.
 
(9) To the best of the Company's knowledge, shares of Holdings Preferred Stock
    are owned by five funds managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company.
    Such shares are owned of record as follows: 366,933 shares by Fidelity
    Capital & Income Fund, 324,488 shares by Fidelity Spartan High Income
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
    Fund, 100,562 shares by Fidelity Equity-Income Fund, 70,123 shares by
    Fidelity Asset Manager, and 116,319 shares by Fidelity Advisor High Yield
    Fund.
 
(10) To the best of the Company's knowledge, shares of Holdings Preferred Stock
    are owned by two funds managed by Massachusetts Financial Services Company.
    Such shares are owned of record as follows: 569,098 shares by MFS High
    Income Fund and 22,827 shares by MFS Multimarket Income Trust.
 
(11) To the best of the Company's knowledge, shares of Holdings Preferred Stock
    are owned by one fund managed by State Street Research and Management
    Company. Such shares are owned of record as follows: 453,540 shares by State
    Street Research High Income Fund.
 
(12) To the best of the Company's knowledge, shares of Holdings Preferred Stock
    are owned by one fund managed by American Express Financial Advisors. Such
    shares are owned of record as follows: 275,000 shares by IDS Extra Income
    Fund.
 
(13) To the best of the Company's knowledge, shares of Holdings Preferred Stock
    are owned by one fund managed by Van Kampen American Capital.
 
    No officer or director claims beneficial ownership of any share of Holdings
Common Stock, or of SMG-II stock other than SMG-II Class A Common Stock, except
Mr. Donald who claims beneficial ownership of 8,520 (100%) shares of SMG-II
Series C Preferred Stock. As of April 15, 1997 the number of shares of SMG-II
Class A Common Stock and Holdings Preferred Stock beneficially owned by each
director, by each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation
Table and by all directors and executive officers as a group is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SMG-II CLASS A
                                                       COMMON STOCK                       HOLDINGS PREFERRED
NAME                                                 NUMBER OF SHARES     % OF CLASS       NUMBER OF SHARES       % OF CLASS
- ---------------------------------------------------  -----------------  ---------------  ---------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>              <C>                    <C>
Matthias Bowman(1).................................             --                --                  --                  --
John W. Boyle(2)...................................          3,000                 *                  --                  --
James J. Burke, Jr.(1).............................             --                --                  --                  --
James Donald.......................................         19,851               2.6                  --                  --
Jack Futterman(2)..................................         23,000               3.0                  --                  --
Neill Crowley(2)...................................          1,000                 *                  --                  --
U. Peter C. Gummeson...............................             --                --                  --                  --
Sunil C. Khanna....................................            700                 *                  --                  --
Stephen M. McLean(1)...............................             --                --                  --                  --
Ron Marshall(2)....................................          2,000                 *                  --                  --
Ronald Rallo(2)....................................          3,250                 *                 966                   *
Jerry G. Rubenstein(2).............................          2,500                 *                  --                  --
Robert Joyce(2)....................................          3,200                 *                  --                  --
James B. Upchurch..................................             --                --                  --                  --
Steven L. Volla....................................             --                --                  --                  --
Directors and named executive officers as a
  group(1)(2)......................................         66,011               8.8                 966                   *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
*   Less than 1%
 
(1) Does not include 550,000 shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock or 236,731.5
    shares of SMG-II Series A Preferred Stock owned beneficially by a group of
    which MLCP is a part. Messrs. Burke, McLean and Bowman, directors of MLCP,
    disclaim beneficial ownership in all such shares.
 
(2) Includes presently exercisable options granted under the Plan to purchase
    shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock, as follows: Mr. Futterman, 13,000;
    Mr. Crowley, 1,000; Mr. Marshall, 2,000; Mr. Joyce, 2,500; Mr. Rallo, 2,850,
    Mr. Rubenstein, 1,000; and Mr. Boyle, 3,000 and all directors and executive
    officers as a group, 31,110.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    The holders of SMG-II Preferred Stock are a party with the holders of SMG-II
Common Stock to the Stockholders Agreement, which, among other things, restricts
the transferability of SMG-II capital stock and relates to the corporate
governance of SMG-II and Holdings. Among other provisions, the Stockholders
Agreement requires a vote of at least 80% of the members of the Board of
Directors to cause the
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
Company to conduct any business other than that engaged in by the Company in
February of 1991 and the approval of stockholders representing 66 2/3% of the
number of shares of SMG-II voting capital stock voting together as a single
class for SMG-II to enter into any Significant Transaction (as defined),
including certain mergers, sales of assets, acquisitions, sales or redemptions
of stock, the amendment of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws or the
liquidation of SMG-II. The Stockholders Agreement also provides that SMG-II must
obtain the prior written consent of the Equitable Investors with respect to
certain of these transactions and that the Equitable Investors have certain
preemptive rights with respect to the sale of capital stock of Holdings or the
Company.
 
    The Stockholders Agreement also contains an agreement of the stockholders of
SMG-II with respect to the composition of SMG-II's and Holdings' Board of
Directors. Under this agreement, the Merrill Lynch Investors will be entitled to
designate up to seven directors, the Management Investors will be entitled to
designate up to three directors and the Equitable Investors will be entitled to
designate one director to both of SMG-II's and Holdings' Board of Directors.
Such agreement furthermore entitles the ML Investors to designate a majority of
Holdings' Board of Directors at all times. Since Holdings (through PTK) owns all
of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock, by having the ability
to designate a majority of Holdings' Board of Directors, the ML Investors have
the ability to control the Company. The ML Investors are controlled by ML&Co.
 
    In addition to the foregoing, the Stockholders Agreement contains terms
restricting the transfer of SMG-II Common Stock and SMG-II Preferred Stock
(collectively, the "SMG-II Stock") by the stockholders of SMG-II, and providing
to the stockholders of SMG-II rights of first offer with respect to resales of
SMG-II Stock, rights of first refusal with respect to certain issuances of
shares of SMG-II Stock, certain rights to demand or participate in registrations
of shares of SMG-II Stock under the Securities Act and certain "tag-along"
rights.
 
    In October 1996, pursuant to the Donald Agreement, James L. Donald, an
Officer and Director, was provided by Pathmark with a four-year loan of $4.5
million. The foregoing indebtedness to Pathmark is evidenced by 16 full recourse
promissory notes for $281,250 each bearing interest at the short-term or
intermediate-term federal rate in effect as of the date of each note (effective
rate of 6%) and secured by the Equity Strip and the Option. Under the Donald
Agreement, one promissory note will be forgiven at the end of each quarter of a
year during which Mr. Donald remains employed by Pathmark. In the event that Mr.
Donald resigns his employment without Good Reason or is terminated for Cause or
in the event of his death, the outstanding portion of the loan will become
immediately due and payable. As of April 1, 1997, Mr. Donald remained indebted
to the Company in the amount of $4,218,750.
 
    The Company retained John W. Boyle, a Director of the Company, to act as its
interim Chairman and Chief Executive Officer for the Transition Period. Under
the terms of the consulting arrangement between the Company and Mr. Boyle, the
Company paid Mr. Boyle a consulting fee of $41,667 per month ($288,980 in the
aggregate) plus living and travel expenses during the Transition Period. In
addition, Mr. Boyle received a completion bonus of $100,000 when Mr. Donald
commenced employment with the Company.
 
    In March 1990, Jerry G. Rubenstein, a Director, borrowed from Holdings
$100,000 in order to help finance his purchase of Holdings' Class A Common
Stock. Subsequently, such shares of Holdings' Class A Common Stock were
exchanged for shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock. The foregoing indebtedness
to Holdings is evidenced by a full recourse promissory note (the "Recourse
Note"). The Recourse Note is for a term of ten years and bears interest at the
rate of 8.02% per annum, payable annually. Except as otherwise provided in the
Recourse Note, no principal on such recourse loan shall be due and payable until
the tenth anniversary of the date of issue of such Recourse Note. Under the
terms of the agreement pursuant to which the shares of Holdings' Class A Common
Stock were exchanged for shares of SMG-II Class A Common Stock, the Company is
obligated to pay to each Management Investor who pays interest on his Recourse
Note (except under certain circumstances) an amount equal to such interest, plus
an amount sufficient to pay any income taxes resulting from the above prescribed
payment after taking into
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
account the value of any deduction available to him as a result of the payment
of such interest or taxes. As of April 1, 1997, Mr. Rubenstein remained indebted
to Holdings in the amount of $100,000.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
      (a)  Documents filed as part of this Report.
 
                  1.  Financial Statements Schedules: None required
                  2.  Exhibits:
 
                      Incorporated herein by reference is a list of the Exhibits contained in the
                      Exhibit Index on Pages 75 through 77 of this Report.
 
      (b)  Reports on Form 8-K.
 
           None.
 
      (c)  Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
 
           See item 14(a) above.
</TABLE>
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Dated: May 2, 1997              SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
                                By:               /s/ RON MARSHALL
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                    Ron Marshall
                                              EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
          SIGNATURE                        TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------
 
                                Director, Chairman,
       /s/ JAMES DONALD           President and Chief
- ------------------------------    Executive Officer              May 2, 1997
        (James Donald)            (Principal Executive
                                  Officer)
 
                                Executive Vice President
       /s/ RON MARSHALL           and Chief Financial
- ------------------------------    Officer (Principal             May 2, 1997
        (Ron Marshall)            Financial Officer)
 
     /s/ JOSEPH ADELHARDT       Senior Vice President and
- ------------------------------    Controller (Principal          May 2, 1997
      (Joseph Adelhardt)          Accounting Officer)
 
       MATTHIAS BOWMAN          Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
      (Matthias Bowman)
 
        JOHN W. BOYLE           Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
       (John W. Boyle)
 
     JAMES J. BURKE, JR.        Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
    (James J. Burke, Jr.)
 
       SUNIL C. KHANNA          Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
      (Sunil C. Khanna)
 
      STEPHEN M. MCLEAN         Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
     (Stephen M. Mclean)
 
       ROBERT G. MILLER         Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
      (Robert G. Miller)
 
     U. PETER C. GUMMESON       Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
    (U. Peter C. Gummeson)
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
 
          SIGNATURE                        TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------
 
     JERRY G. RUBENSTEIN        Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
    (Jerry G. Rubenstein)
 
      JAMES B. UPCHURCH         Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
     (James B. Upchurch)
 
       STEVEN L. VOLLA          Director*
- ------------------------------                                   May 2, 1997
      (Steven L. Volla)
 
*By:   /s/ MARC A. STRASSLER
      ------------------------
         Marc A. Strassler
          ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                                PAGE
   NO.                                                      EXHIBIT                                                      NO.
- ----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>         <C>        <S>                                                                                           <C>
    2.1            --  Distribution and Transfer Agreement among the Registrant, PTK and Plainbridge...............
    2.2            --  Distribution and Transfer Agreement dated as of May 3, 1993 among the Registrant, Holdings
                       and Chefmark (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.2 to the Registration Statement on
                       Form S-1 of the Registrant and Holdings, File No. 33-59616).................................
    2.3            --  Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 22, 1987 by and among Old Supermarkets, SMG
                       Acquisition Corporation and Holdings, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference
                       from Exhibit 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Holdings, File No. 33-16963)....
    3.1            --  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended (incorporated by
                       reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Pathmark, File No.
                       33-59612, the "October 1993 Registration Statement")........................................
    3.2            --  Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended
                       (incorporated by reference from Annual Report on Form 10-K of Registrant for the year ended
                       January 29, 1994 (the "1994 10-K)...........................................................
    3.3            --  By-Laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.3 to the October 1993
                       Registration Statement).....................................................................
    4.1            --  Indenture between the Registrant and United States Trust Company of New York, Trustee,
                       relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 of the Registrant (incorporated by
                       reference from the 1994 10-K)...............................................................
    4.1A           --  Senior Subordinated Note due 2003 of the Registrant (contained in the Indenture filed as
                       Exhibit 4.1) (incorporated by reference from the 1994 10-K).................................
    4.2            --  Indenture between the Registrant and NationsBank of Georgia, National Association, Trustee,
                       relating to the Junior Subordinated Deferred Coupon Notes due 2003 of the Registrant
                       (incorporated by reference from the 1994 contained in the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.2)
                       (incorporated by reference from the 1994 10-K)..............................................
    4.2B           --  Indenture between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, Trustee, relating to the
                       115/8% Subordinated Notes due 2002 of the Registrant (incorporated by reference from the
                       1994 10-K)..................................................................................
    4.3            --  Indenture between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, Trustee, relating to the 125/8%
                       Subordinated Debentures due 2002 of the Registrant (incorporated by reference from the 1994
                       10-K).......................................................................................
    4.4            --  Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 1993 ("the Credit Agreement") among the Registrant,
                       the Lenders listed therein, and Bankers Trust Company as Agent (incorporated by reference
                       from the 1994 10-K).........................................................................
    4.4A           --  First Amendment to the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference from the registrant's
                       Form 8-K dated March 15, 1996 (the "March 1996 8-K")........................................
    4.4B           --  Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference from the March 1996
                       8-K)........................................................................................
    4.4C           --  Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference from the March 1996
                       8-K)........................................................................................
    4.4D*          --  Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference from the March 1996
                       8-K)........................................................................................
    4.4E           --  Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference from the March 1996
                       8-K)........................................................................................
    4.4F           --  Sixth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's
                       Form 10-Q, as amended, for the period ended November 2, 1996................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                                PAGE
   NO.                                                      EXHIBIT                                                      NO.
- ----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>         <C>        <S>                                                                                           <C>
   10.4            --  Services Agreement dated as of May 3, 1993 between the Registrant and Chefmark (incorporated
                       by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Registrant
                       and Holdings, File No. 33-59616)............................................................
   10.5            --  Chefmark Supply Agreement, dated May 3, 1993, between the Registrant and Chefmark
                       (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant Statement on Form S-1 of the
                       Registrant, and Holdings, File No. 33-59616)................................................
   10.6            --  Tax Sharing Agreement between the Registrant and SMG-II (incorporated by reference from the
                       1994 10-K)..................................................................................
   10.7            --  Tax Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and Plainbridge (incorporated by reference
                       from the 1994 10-K).........................................................................
   10.8            --  Supermarkets General Corporation Pension Plan (as Amended and Restated effective January 1,
                       1979) as amended through May 29, 1987 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.21 to the
                       Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Holdings, File No. 33-16963)..........................
   10.9            --  Supermarkets General Corporation Savings Plan (as Amended and Registration Statement on Form
                       S-1 of Holdings, File No. 33-16963).........................................................
   10.10           --  Supermarkets General Corporation Management Incentive Plan effective June 17, 1971
                       (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
                       Holdings, File No. 33-16963.................................................................
   10.11           --  Supplemental Retirement Agreements dated as of March 9, 1987 between Old Supermarkets and
                       Jack Futterman, (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement
                       on Form S-1 of Holdings, File No. 33-16963).................................................
   10.12           --  Excess Benefit Plan of Supermarkets General Corporation, effective as of March 9, 1987
                       (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the October 1993 Registration Statement)...
   10.13           --  Recourse Secured Promissory Note, dated October 5, 1987, given to Holdings from each
                       Management Investor listed therein (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.43 to
                       Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Holdings, File
                       No. 33-16963)...............................................................................
   10.14           --  Stock Pledge Agreement dated October 5, 1987, between Holdings and each Management Investor
                       listed therein (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.44 to Post-Effective Amendment No.
                       1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Holdings, File No. 33-16963).................
   10.15           --  SMG-II Holdings Corporation Management Investors Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated
                       May 17, 1991 (the "Option Plan") (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 to the
                       October 1993 Registration Statement)........................................................
   10.16           --  Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Option Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit
                       10.16 to the October 193 Registration Statement)............................................
   10.17           --  SMG-II Holdings Corporation Employees 1987 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated May
                       17, 1991 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.17 to the October 1993 Registration
                       Statement)..................................................................................
   10.18           --  Agreement dated as of March 20, 2996 among Registrant, Jack Futterman, Holdings and SMG-II
                       (incorporated by reference from Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                       February 3, 1996)...........................................................................
   10.20           --  Agreement dated as of April 10, 1996 between the Registrant, Anthony Cuti and SMG-II
                       (incorporated by reference from Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                       February 3, 1996)...........................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                                PAGE
   NO.                                                      EXHIBIT                                                      NO.
- ----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>         <C>        <S>                                                                                           <C>
   10.21           --  Management Investors Exchange Agreement dated as of February 4, 1991 among SMG-II Holdings
                       Corporation, Holdings and each of the Management Investors party thereto (incorporated by
                       reference from Exhibit 10.53 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Holdings, No.
                       33-16963)...................................................................................
   10.22           --  Supplemental Retirement Agreement dated as of March 12, 1993 between the Registrant and
                       Anthony Cuti (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                       the year ended January 28, 1995)............................................................
   10.24           --  Supplemental Retirement Agreement dated June 1, 1994, between the Registrant and Neill
                       Crowley (incorporated by reference from Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                       ended February 3, 1996).....................................................................
   10.25           --  Supplemental Retirement Agreement dated October 3, 1994 between the Registrant and Ron
                       Marshall (incorporated by reference from Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                       year ended February 3, 1996)................................................................
   10.26           --  Interim Agreement dated March 20, 1996 between the Registrant and John W. Boyle
                       (incorporated by reference from Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                       February 3, 1996)...........................................................................
   10.27           --  Employment Agreement dated as of May 23, 1994 between Registrant and Neill Crowley
                       (incorporated by reference from Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                       February 3, 1996)...........................................................................
   10.28           --  Employment Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994 between Registrant and Ron Marshall
                       (incorporated by reference from Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                       February 3, 1996)...........................................................................
   10.29           --  Employment Agreement dated as of June 1, 1995 between Registrant and Ron Rallo (incorporated
                       by reference from Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3,
                       1996).......................................................................................
   10.30*          --  Employment Agreement dated as of October 8, 1996, among Pathmark Stores, Inc., SMG-II and
                       James Donald................................................................................
   12.1*           --  Statements Regarding Computation of Rates of Earnings to Fixed Charges......................
   22.1*           --  List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant......................................................
    24A. *         --  Power of Attorney of Matthias Bowman........................................................
24B. *             --  Power of Attorney of Robert G. Miller.......................................................
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
* Filed herewith.
 
                                       77

<PAGE>



                                                               Exhibit 10.30


                                Pathmark Stores, Inc.


Mr. James L. Donald 
26 Carriage Place
Edison, New Jersey  08820


                                 Employment Agreement


Dear Mr. Donald:

         The following sets forth the agreement among Pathmark Stores, Inc. 
(the "Company"), SMG-II Holdings Corporation ("Holdings") and you regarding 
the terms and provisions of your employment as an officer and employee of the 
Company and as a director of Holdings during the Term.  Capitalized words 
which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to 
such words in Section 9 of this Agreement.  This Agreement consists of the 
text hereof and each of the Exhibits attached hereto.

         1.   Term of Employment Under the Agreement.  The Term of your 
employment under this Agreement (the "Term") shall commence on October 8, 
1996 (the "Effective Date") and shall continue until the fifth anniversary of 
the Effective Date.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Fiscal Year" means the 
Company's fiscal year.  Subject to the provisions of Section 6 below, either 
party may terminate your employment under this Agreement at any time.

         2.   Employment During the Term.  During the Term, you shall be 
employed as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company and shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company 
(the "Board"), and your duties and responsibilities to the Company shall be 
consistent in all respects with such positions.  During the Term, the Company 
will take all reasonable steps to assure that you continue to be elected or 
appointed to the Board of Directors of Holdings. In addition, pursuant to 
this Agreement and for no additional consideration, you agree to serve as an 
officer and director of any subsidiary or parent corporation of the Company, 
including, without limitation, PTK Holdings, Inc., Supermarkets General 
Holdings Corporation and Holdings.  You shall devote substantially all of 
your business time, attention, skills and efforts exclusively to the business 
and affairs of the Company, other than de minimis amounts of time devoted by 
you to the management of your personal finances or to engaging in charitable 
or community services.  Your principal place of employment shall be the 
executive offices of the Company as


<PAGE>


                                       2


established from time to time, although you understand and agree that you 
will be required to travel from time to time for business purposes.

         3.   Compensation During the Term.

         (a)  Base Salary.  As compensation to you for all services rendered 
to the Company, the Company will pay you a base salary (the "Salary") at the 
rate of $600,000 per annum, which will be reviewed annually by the Board and 
may be increased but not decreased by the Board on the basis of such review.  
Your Salary will be paid to you in accordance with the Company's regular 
payroll practices applicable to its executive officers.

         (b)  Bonuses.  (i)  Annual Bonus.  During the Term, you shall be 
eligible to participate in the Company's Executive Incentive Plan (the 
"EIP").  Under the EIP, for each full twelve-month Fiscal Year occurring 
during the Term, you will be eligible to earn an annual bonus (the "Annual 
Bonus") of up to 125% of your Salary, at the rate in effect at the beginning 
of the applicable Fiscal Year, based on targets set by the Board for your 
Annual Bonus for such Fiscal Year.  The target for your Annual Bonus for any 
partial Fiscal Year occurring during the Term shall be prorated by 
multiplying the target by a fraction (not greater than one), the numerator of 
which shall be the number of days in such Fiscal Year occurring during the 
Term and the denominator of which shall be 365.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, the minimum Annual Bonus paid to you for the partial Fiscal Year 
that includes the Effective Date shall be $175,000 and the minimum annual 
bonus for the first full Fiscal Year during the Term shall be $425,000.  
Annual Bonus payments for each of the second, third and fourth full Fiscal 
Years during the Term will not be less than 25% of the Salary paid to you for 
such Fiscal Year at the rate in effect at the start of such Fiscal Year.  The 
Annual Bonus earned by you for any Fiscal Year will be paid to you within 120 
days following the end of such Fiscal Year.

         (ii) Signing Bonus.  In addition to any amounts payable under 
Section 3(b)(i) above, the Company will pay you within five (5) business days 
following the Effective Date a one-time signing bonus of $1,000,000.  The 
signing bonus shall be paid to you in a lump sum cash payment, subject to 
applicable withholding taxes.

         (c)  Deferral Arrangement.  (i)  Right to Defer.  You will be 
permitted to defer some or all the Annual Bonus and up to 50% of the Salary 
payable to you hereunder.  Any deferral of an Annual Bonus shall be 
irrevocable and must be requested by you in writing prior to the start of the 
Fiscal Year to which such Annual Bonus relates (except that any deferral 
election for the Fiscal Year that includes the Effective Date may be made 
within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date).  Any deferral of 
Salary shall be irrevocable and must be requested by you in writing prior to 
the start of the calendar year to which such Salary relates (except that the 
deferral election for the calendar year that includes the Effective Date may 
be made within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, but will


<PAGE>


                                       3


relate only to amounts payable after the election is received by the 
Company). An election for a given Fiscal Year or calendar year shall be 
deemed a continuing election for each subsequent Fiscal Year or calendar 
year, as the case may be, unless a subsequent election to defer (or not to 
defer) is provided to the Company by you prior to the start of such Fiscal 
Year or calendar year.

         (ii) Bookkeeping Account and Grantor Trust.  Any amounts deferred by 
you hereunder will be credited to a bookkeeping account established on the 
books and records of the Company for this purpose.  In addition, the Company 
will deposit in a separate, irrevocable grantor trust established by the 
Company an amount in cash equal to the amounts deferred by you.  Such amounts 
will be deposited in the trust within thirty (30) days following the date 
such amount would otherwise have been payable to you but for the deferral 
election.  In connection with the deferral election, you shall have the right 
to specify general investment categories for the investment of the amounts 
deposited in the trust, and the Company shall cause the trustee to invest the 
assets of the trust in one or more publicly-traded mutual funds, government 
securities, or other similar investment vehicles corresponding to the 
investment categories selected by you.  Thereafter the value of your account 
with the Company will be adjusted to reflect income, gains and losses on the 
assets of the trust.  The parties hereto agree that to the extent that any 
investment vehicle that you select results in a loss to the bookkeeping 
account, the Company will have no obligation to compensate you for such loss 
or to make any compensatory adjustment to the bookkeeping account to make up 
for such loss.

         (iii) Distributions.  The timing of the payment of all amounts 
deferred by you shall be specified in your initial deferral election and may 
not be subsequently changed by you without the prior written approval of the 
Board.  Your initial deferral may specify a lump sum payment or up to five 
(5) annual installment payments to be paid out in their entirety by no later 
than the sixth anniversary of the Date of Termination; provided, however, 
that, notwithstanding your deferral election, all amounts will be paid to you 
within thirty (30) days following a Change in Control or the date of your 
Involuntary Termination. 

         (d)  Benefits.  During the Term, you shall be eligible to 
participate in each pension, welfare and fringe benefit program made 
available generally to executives of the Company in accordance with the terms 
and provisions of each such program; provided, however, that the Company 
shall not be obligated to provide any supplemental retirement plan or any 
similar arrangement to you.  In addition, the Company will provide you with 
(i) a company car and (ii) $4.5 million in term life insurance during the 
first twelve (12) months of the Term and $3.2 million of life insurance 
thereafter during the Term, subject to your insurability.  In the event that 
such life insurance is not available to the Company, you will be provided 
with an alternative arrangement which will provide amounts equal to the 
benefits contemplated herein, the details of which will be negotiated between 
you and the Company in good faith.  The Company will also provide you with 
relocation benefits in


<PAGE>


                                       4


accordance with its current policies for executive employees; provided, 
however, that the Company will have no obligation to purchase your current 
residence.

         (e)  Business Expenses.  The Company will reimburse you upon 
presentation by you of appropriate documentation for business expenses 
reasonably incurred by you in connection with the performance of your duties 
under this Agreement.

         (f)  Legal Expenses.  The Company will pay reasonable legal fees and 
expenses incurred by you in the current negotiation of this Agreement.

         4.   Long-Term Incentive Compensation.  In order to align your 
interests more closely with those of the Company, the following long-term 
incentive compensation arrangements will be offered to you, subject to the 
terms and conditions set forth below.

         (a)  Equity Award.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth 
herein, in the Stockholders Agreement and in the stock award agreement (the 
"Stock Award Agreement") attached hereto as Exhibit A, as soon as practicable 
after the Effective Date, Holdings will award you 8,520 shares of a new 
series of Preferred Stock with a stated value of $200 per share, and 19,851 
shares of Common Stock  (together, the "Equity Strip"), which together 
constitute approximately 2% of the issued and outstanding equity securities 
of Holdings as of the Effective Date.  The Preferred Stock will be pari passu 
with the existing Holdings convertible preferred stock and will accrue 
dividends at a rate of 10% per annum.  The Preferred Stock will be 
convertible into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.  The parties agree that 
as of the Effective Date, the shares have already accrued dividends of 
approximately $122 a share in accordance with Holdings' normal dividend 
accrual policy. The grant of the Equity Strip is expressly conditioned upon 
your signing the Stock Award Agreement and your agreement to be bound by the 
terms thereof.

         (b)  The Option.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth 
herein, in the Stockholders Agreement and in the option agreement (the 
"Option Agreement") attached hereto as Exhibit B, as soon as practicable 
after the Effective Date, Holdings will grant you an option (the "Option") to 
purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock.  The Option will consist of 
component A covering 50,000 shares of Common Stock and component B covering 
the remaining 50,000 shares of Common Stock.  The grant of the Option is 
expressly conditioned upon your signing the Option Agreement and your 
agreement to be bound by the terms thereof.

         (c)  The Stockholders Agreement.  As a condition precedent to the 
award of the Equity Strip and the grant of the Options, you must become a 
party to the Stockholders Agreement and agree to be bound by the terms and 
conditions of the Stockholders Agreement.  


<PAGE>


                                       5


         5.   Loan.

         (a)  Terms.  Within 30 days following the Effective Date, the 
Company will lend you $4.5 million (the "Loan").  The parties acknowledge 
that the Company is providing the Loan to you, according to the terms herein, 
as consideration for the loss of value incurred by you as a consequence of 
the termination of your employment with your prior employer, which value is 
evidence of a portion of the value to the Company of your agreement to be 
employed by the Company.  The Loan will be on a full recourse basis and 
secured in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement (attached 
hereto as Exhibit D) by (i) the Equity Strip, (ii) the Option and (iii) the 
shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.  The Loan will bear interest at 
the minimum statutory interest rate necessary for tax purposes.  Interest on 
the Loan will be payable quarterly in arrears.

         (b)  Notes.  The Loan will be payable according to the terms of this 
Agreement and 16 separate promissory notes, the form of which is attached 
hereto as Exhibit C, delivered by you to the Company (collectively, the 
"Notes").  Each Note will have an initial principal amount of $281,250.00.  
The Notes will be contemporaneously delivered to an escrow agent designated 
by mutual agreement of the parties and shall be held by the escrow agent 
pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E.  
If you are in the full-time employment of the Company on a quarterly 
anniversary of the Effective Date, your obligation to pay the Note maturing 
on such date will automatically and without the need for further action or 
consent by the Company be forgiven as to principal (but not any then accrued 
and unpaid interest) and will automatically and without the need for further 
action or consent by the Company be delivered by the escrow agent to you 
marked "Paid in Full."  The sole condition to such delivery is your payment 
of any then accrued but unpaid interest on the Loan. 

         6.   Effect of Termination of Employment.  

         (a)  Involuntary Termination.  (i)  Subject to Sections 6(f) and 
6(g) below, in the event of your Involuntary Termination, the Company shall 
pay you (w) the full amount of the accrued but unpaid Salary you have earned 
through the date of such Involuntary Termination, plus a cash payment 
(calculated on the basis of your rate of Salary then in effect) for all 
unused vacation time which you may have accrued as of the date of Involuntary 
Termination; (x) the amount of any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus for any 
Fiscal Year of the Company ended on or prior to the Date of Termination; (y) 
any unpaid reimbursement for business expenses you are entitled to receive 
under Section 3(e) above; and (z) a Severance Amount equal to four times your 
annual rate of Salary, based upon the annual rate then in effect immediately 
prior to the Date of Termination, payable in monthly installments over the 
Severance Period.


<PAGE>


                                       6


         (ii) In the event of your Involuntary Termination, you and your 
eligible dependents shall continue to be eligible to participate during the 
Benefit Continuation Period in the medical, dental, health and life insurance 
plans applicable to you immediately prior to your Involuntary Termination on 
the same terms and conditions in effect for you and your dependents 
immediately prior to such Involuntary Termination.

         (iii) In the event of your Involuntary Termination, the Equity Strip 
will automatically and without the need for further action or consent by the 
Company become fully vested in the manner provided by the Stock Award 
Agreement, and the Option will continue to remain outstanding to the extent 
provided by the Option Agreement. 

         (iv) In the event of your Involuntary Termination, all Notes not 
previously delivered to you will automatically and without the need for 
further action or consent by the Company be delivered by the escrow agent to 
you marked "Paid in Full." The sole condition to such delivery is your 
payment of any then accrued but unpaid interest on the Loan.

         (v)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(a) or the 
provisions of any employee benefit plan in which you are a participant, in 
the event of your Involuntary Termination, as of the Date of Termination, you 
will relinquish the right to any additional payments or benefits from the 
Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

         (b)  Termination Event.  In the event your employment ends at any 
time during the Term as a result of a Termination Event, the Company shall 
pay you the full amount of the accrued but unpaid Salary you have earned 
through the Date of Termination, plus a cash payment (calculated on the basis 
of your rate of Salary then in effect) for all unused vacation time which you 
may have accrued as of the Date of Termination and any unpaid reimbursement 
for business expenses you are entitled to receive under Section 3(e) above.  
In addition, the Company shall pay you the amount of any earned but unpaid 
Annual Bonus for any Fiscal Year of the Company ended on or prior to the Date 
of Termination.  You will immediately forfeit as of the Date of Termination 
the Equity Strip and the Option, as provided in the Stock Award Agreement and 
the Option Agreement, respectively.  In addition, each Note will become 
immediately due and payable as to all outstanding principal and all accrued 
and unpaid interest if your employment ends prior to a Change in Control as a 
result of a Termination Event.  In addition, you shall immediately relinquish 
the right to any other payments or benefits from the Company under this 
Agreement or otherwise, except with respect to any employee benefit plan that 
provides otherwise. 

         (c)  Death or Disability.  If your employment with the Company ends 
as a result of your death or Disability during the Term, the Company shall 
pay you (or, in the event of your death, your Beneficiary) the full amount of 
the accrued but unpaid Salary you have earned through the Date of 
Termination, plus a cash payment (calculated on the basis of


<PAGE>


                                       7


your rate of Salary then in effect) for all unused vacation time which you 
may have accrued as of the Date of Termination and any unpaid reimbursement 
for business expenses you are entitled to receive under Section 3(e) above.  
In addition, the Company shall pay you the amount of any earned but unpaid 
Annual Bonus for any Fiscal Year of the Company ended on or prior to the Date 
of Termination.  In the event of your death or Disability, you (or in the 
event of your death, your Beneficiary) will retain the Equity Strip which 
will vest immediately upon the occurrence of your death or Disability in the 
manner provided by the Stock Award Agreement, and the Option will continue to 
remain outstanding to the extent provided in the Option Agreement.  In 
addition, for purposes of Section 5(b), you will be deemed in the "employ" of 
the Company during any period of your Disability. If, following any period of 
Disability that ends during the Term, you do not return to full-time 
employment with the Company, then, as of the last day of such period of 
Disability, you shall be deemed to have resigned without Good Reason for 
purposes of the Loan.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(c) or 
the provisions of any employee benefit plan in which you are a participant, 
as of the Date of Termination, you will relinquish the right to any 
additional payments or benefits from the Company under this Agreement or 
otherwise.  Each Note will become immediately due and payable as to all 
outstanding principal and all accrued and unpaid interest if your employment 
ends prior to a Change in Control as a result of your death.  

         (d)  Resignation After a Change in Control.  "During the thirty-day 
period beginning six (6) months after a Change in Control, you shall be 
eligible to resign from the Company for no stated reason and receive the 
Severance Amounts, benefits and consideration described in Sections 6(a)(i) 
through 6(a)(v) above.  Any such resignation by you in such thirty-day period 
following a Change in  Control shall be treated as an Involuntary Termination 
for all purposes of this Agreement.  In addition, as of the date of a Change 
in Control, all Notes not previously delivered to you will be delivered by 
the escrow agent to you marked "Paid in Full," subject to your payment of all 
accrued but unpaid interest on the Loan.

         (e)  Date and Notice of Termination.  Any termination of your 
employment by the Company or by you during the Term shall be communicated by 
a notice of termination to the other party hereto (the "Notice of 
Termination").  The Notice of Termination shall indicate the specific 
termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in 
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for 
termination of your employment under the provision so indicated.  The date of 
your termination of employment with the Company (the "Date of Termination") 
shall be determined as follows:  (i) if your employment is terminated for 
Disability, thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given (provided 
that you shall not have returned to the full-time performance of your duties 
during such thirty-day period); (ii) if your employment is terminated by the 
Company in an Involuntary Termination, the date specified in the Notice of 
Termination (or if no date is specified in the Notice of Termination, the 
date the Notice of


<PAGE>


                                       8


Termination is delivered to you); and (iii) if your employment is terminated 
by the Company for Cause, the later of (x) the date specified in the Notice 
of Termination and (y) the expiration of the applicable period set forth in 
the definition of Cause during which you may effect a cure or meet with the 
Board if such period expires without such cure being effected by you and 
without a reversal on the part of the Board regarding its decision to 
terminate you for Cause.  If the basis for your Involuntary Termination is 
your resignation for Good Reason (which shall include your resignation for 
any reason or no stated reason after a Change in Control pursuant to Section 
6(d) above), the Date of Termination shall be the later of (x) the date 
specified in the Notice of Termination and (y) the expiration of the 
applicable cure period set forth in the definition of Good Reason if such 
period expires without such cure being effected by the Company (it being 
understood that no cure period shall apply if your resignation is pursuant to 
Section 6(d) above).  The Date of Termination for a resignation of employment 
other than for Good Reason shall be the date set forth in the applicable 
notice, which shall be no earlier than thirty (30) days after the date such 
notice is received by the Company.  The Date of Termination in the event of 
your death shall be the date of your death.

         (f)  Mitigation.  You will have no duty to mitigate the Severance 
Amount. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, any Severance Amount payable 
during the second year of the Severance Period will be reduced by any 
compensation or benefits you earn in connection with any employment by 
another employer during the second year of the Severance Period.  You agree 
promptly to provide the Company with any evidence of amounts received in 
connection with such other employment which the Company shall reasonably 
request.  

         (g)  Breach of Protective Covenants.  If, following the Effective 
Date, you breach any of the provisions of Section 7 below, you shall not be 
eligible, as of the date of such breach, for any Severance Amount, and all 
obligations of the Company to pay any Severance Amount hereunder shall 
thereupon cease.

         7.   Protective Covenants.

         (a)  No Competing Employment.  During the Restricted Period, you 
shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, directly or 
indirectly, whether as owner, consultant, employee, partner, venturer, or 
agent, through stock ownership, investment of capital, lending of money or 
property, rendering of services, or otherwise (except ownership of less than 
5% of the number of shares outstanding of any securities which are publicly 
traded), compete with the retail supermarket business, or any other business 
contributing at least 15% of the consolidated revenues, of the Company or any 
parent or subsidiary of the Company (such businesses are hereinafter referred 
to as the "Business"), provide services to, whether as an employee or 
consultant, own, manage, operate, control, participate in or be connected 
with (as a stockholder, partner, or any similar ownership interest) any 
corporation,


<PAGE>


                                       9


firm, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship or other entity which 
so competes with the Business, except for the aforementioned 5% ownership of 
publicly traded securities.  The restrictions imposed by this Section 7(a) 
shall not apply to any geographic area in which the Company, its parent or 
its subsidiaries are not engaged in the Business at the Date of Termination.

         (b)  No Solicitation of Employees and Certain Other Persons.  During 
the Restricted Period, you shall not, without the prior written consent of 
the Board, directly or indirectly (i) solicit in competition with the 
Business any person, group or class of persons who at any time either during 
the Term or during the Restricted Period have any business relationship with 
the Business, the loss, diminution or moderation of which would likely be 
detrimental to the Business; (ii) solicit or recruit, directly or indirectly, 
any employee or independent contractor of the Company for the purpose of 
being employed by you, directly or indirectly, or by any competitor of the 
Company on behalf of which you are acting as an agent, representative or 
employee; (iii) solicit, influence, or attempt to influence, for a purpose or 
in a manner that would likely be materially detrimental to the Business, any 
provider of services or products to the Business with respect to its 
relationship with the Business, including, without limitation, any person or 
entity which has been a provider of services or products to the Business 
during the Executive's employment with the Company, or take any action 
detrimental to the existing or prospective relationships between the Business 
and any provider of services; or (iv) assist or encourage any other person in 
carrying out, directly or indirectly, any activity that would be prohibited 
by the provisions of this Section 7(b) if such activity were carried out by 
you, and, in particular, you agree that you will not, directly or indirectly, 
induce any employee of the Business to carry out any such activity.

         (c)  Confidentiality.  You recognize that the services you perform 
for the Company are special, unique and extraordinary in that you may acquire 
confidential information and trade secrets concerning the operations of the 
Company, its parent and its subsidiaries, the use or disclosure of which 
could cause the Company substantial loss and damages which could not be 
readily calculated, and for which no remedy at law would be adequate.  
Accordingly, you covenant and agree with the Company that you will not at any 
time, except in performance of your obligations to the Company hereunder or 
with the prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, disclose 
any secret or confidential information that you may learn by reason of your 
association with the Company.  The term "confidential information" includes, 
without limitation, information not previously disclosed to the public or to 
the trade by the Company's management with respect to the Company or any of 
its parent's or subsidiaries' business plans, prospects and opportunities, 
the identity of any suppliers, proprietary information regarding customers, 
operational strengths and weaknesses, trade secrets, know-how and other 
intellectual property, systems, procedures, manuals, confidential reports, 
product price lists, marketing plans or strategies, and financial 
information.  You understand and agree that the rights and obligations set 
forth in this


<PAGE>


                                       10


Section 7(b) are perpetual and, in any case, shall extend beyond the 
Restricted Period and the Severance Period.  

         (d)  Injunctive Relief.  Without limiting the remedies available to 
the Company, you acknowledge that a breach of any of the covenants contained 
in this Section 7 may result in material irreparable injury to the Company 
for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to 
measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of such a 
breach or threat thereof, the Company shall be entitled to obtain a temporary 
restraining order or a preliminary or permanent injunction restraining you 
from engaging in activities prohibited by this Section 7 or such other relief 
as may be required to specifically enforce any of the covenants in this 
Section 7.

         8.   Successors; Binding Agreement.

         (a)  Assumption by Successor.  The Company and Holdings will require 
any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation 
or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the 
Company or Holdings expressly to assume and to agree to perform this 
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company and 
Holdings would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken 
place; provided, however, that no such assumption shall relieve the Company 
or Holdings of its obligations hereunder. 

         (b)  Enforceability; Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall be binding 
upon and inure to the benefit of you (and your personal representatives and 
heirs) and the Company and any organization which succeeds to substantially 
all of the business or assets of the Company, whether by means of merger, 
consolidation, acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of the 
Company or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a Change 
in Control or by operation of law. 

         9.   Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following 
capitalized words shall have the meanings set forth below:

         "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or persons designated by you in 
writing to receive any benefits payable to you hereunder in the event of your 
death or, if no such persons are so designated, your estate.  No Beneficiary 
designation shall be effective unless it is in writing and received by the 
Company prior to the date of your death.

         "Benefit Continuation Period" shall mean, in connection with your 
Involuntary Termination, the period beginning on the Date of Termination and 
ending on the earliest to occur of (i) the end of the Severance Period, (ii) 
the date you are eligible to be covered under the benefit plans of a 
subsequent employer and (iii) the date of your breach of any provision of 
Section 7 hereof.


<PAGE>


                                       11


         "Cause" shall mean the termination of your employment with the 
Company because of (i) your willful and repeated failure (other than by 
reason of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) to perform the 
material duties of your employment with the Company after notice from the 
Company of such failure and your inability or unwillingness to correct such 
failure within thirty (30) days of such notice, (ii) your conviction of a 
felony or your plea of no contest to a felony, or (iii) perpetration by you 
of a material dishonest act or fraud against the Company or any parent or 
subsidiary thereof; provided, however, that, before the Company may terminate 
you for Cause, the Board shall deliver to you a written notice of the 
Company's intent to terminate you for Cause, including the reasons for such 
termination, and the Company must provide you, and your legal counsel, an 
opportunity to meet once with the Board prior to such termination.

         "Change in Control" shall mean the acquisition by a person (other 
than a person or group of persons that beneficially own an equity interest in 
Holdings or the Company on the Effective Date or any person controlled 
thereby) of more than 50% control of the voting securities of Holdings as a 
result of a sale of voting securities after the Effective Date by the persons 
who, on the Effective Date, have a beneficial interest in such voting 
securities, but shall not include any change in the ownership of the Company 
or Holdings resulting from a public offering.

         "Common Stock" shall mean Holdings Class A Common Stock, par value 
$0.01 per share.

         "Disability" shall mean your absence from continuous full-time 
employment with the Company for a period of at least 180 consecutive days by 
reason of a mental or physical illness. 

         "Good Reason" shall mean your resignation because of (i) the failure 
of the Company to pay any material amount of compensation to you when due, 
(ii) a material, adverse reduction or material, adverse diminution in your 
titles, duties, positions or responsibilities with the Company, including, 
but not limited to, failure by the Company to elect you to the office of 
Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) any other material breach by the Company of 
the Agreement (including a rejection or termination of the Agreement by the 
Company pursuant to any provision or section of the federal bankruptcy laws 
of the United States).  In order to constitute Good Reason, you must provide 
written notification of your intention to resign within thirty (30) business 
days after you know or have reason to know of the occurrence of any such 
event. After you provide such written notice to the Company, the Company 
shall have fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of such notice to 
effect a cure of the condition constituting Good Reason, and, upon cure 
thereof by the Company (which cure shall be retroactive with respect to any 
monetary matter), such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason.  


<PAGE>


                                       12


         "Involuntary Termination" shall mean (i) your termination of 
employment by the Company other than for Cause or Disability or (ii) your 
resignation of employment with the Company for Good Reason.

         "Preferred Stock" shall mean a new series of convertible preferred 
stock that will be issued for purposes of this Agreement.

         "Restricted Period" shall mean the period beginning on the Effective 
Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Date of Termination; 
provided, however, that, in the event of a Change in Control, the Restricted 
Period shall end upon the later to occur of (i) the Termination Date and (ii) 
the date of the Change in Control.  

         "Security Agreement" shall mean the agreement set forth in Exhibit D.

         "Severance Amount" shall mean the cash amounts payable under Section 
6(a)(i)(z). 

         "Severance Period" shall mean, in the event of an Involuntary 
Termination, the 24-month period commencing on the Date of Termination.

         "Stockholders Agreement" shall mean the Stockholders Agreement, 
dated as of February 4, 1991, as amended, among Holdings and its stockholders.

         "Term Sheet" shall mean the initial agreement to the terms of 
employment between the Company, Holdings and you, dated as of October 2, 1996.

         "Termination Event" shall mean your resignation without Good Reason 
or a termination by the Company for Cause.

         10.  Notice.  For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all 
other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and 
shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, sent by 
telecopier or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt 
requested, postage prepaid, addressed to Corporate Secretary, Pathmark 
Stores, Inc., 301 Blair Road, P.O. Box 5301, Woodbridge, New Jersey, 
07095-0915, telecopier: (908) 499-3460, with a copy to the General Counsel of 
the Company, or to you at the address set forth on the first page of this 
Agreement or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the 
other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of 
address shall be effective only upon receipt.


<PAGE>


                                       13


         11.  Miscellaneous.  

         (a)  No Rights to Continued Employment.  Neither this Agreement nor 
any of the rights or benefits evidenced hereby shall confer upon you any 
right to continuance of employment by the Company or interfere in any way 
with the right of the Company to terminate your employment, subject to the 
provisions of Section 6 above, for any reason, with or without Cause.

         (b)  Amendments, Waivers, Etc.   No provision of this Agreement may 
be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or 
discharge is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto.  No waiver by either 
party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or 
compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed 
by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar 
provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  No 
agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with 
respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are 
not expressly set forth in this Agreement, and this Agreement shall supersede 
all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, undertakings and 
communications of the parties, oral or written, with respect to the subject 
matter hereof, including, without limitation, the Term Sheet.

         (c)  Validity.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision 
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any 
other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and 
effect.

         (d)  Representation.  You hereby represent and warrant to the 
Company that the execution and delivery by you of this Agreement to the 
Company will not breach the terms of any contract, agreement or understanding 
to which you are a party.  You further acknowledge and agree that a breach of 
this representation by you shall render this Agreement void ab initio and of 
no further force and effect.

         (e)  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in several 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of 
which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

         (f)  Withholding.  Amounts paid to you hereunder shall be subject to 
all applicable federal, state and local wage withholdings.

         (g)  Source of Payments.  All payments provided under this Agreement 
(other than payments made pursuant to a plan which provides otherwise or as 
otherwise expressly provided hereunder) shall be paid in cash from the 
general funds of the Company, and no special or separate fund shall be 
established, and no other segregation of assets made, to assure payment.  You 
will have no right, title or interest whatsoever in or to any

<PAGE>


                                       14


investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations 
hereunder.  To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive 
payments from the Company hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the 
right of an unsecured creditor of the Company.

         (h)  Headings.  The headings contained in this Agreement are 
intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the rights 
of the parties to this Agreement.

         (i)  Governing Law.  The validity, interpretation, construction and 
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of 
New York applicable to contracts entered into and performed in such state.


<PAGE>


                                       15


         If this letter sets forth our agreement on the subject matter 
hereof, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copy of this 
letter, which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

                                      Sincerely,

                                      PATHMARK STORES, INC.



                                      By______________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:



                                       SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION



                                       By______________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

                                       (For purposes of Section
                                       4 only) 


Agreed to as of this 8th day of November, 1996.

____________________________
     James L. Donald


<PAGE>

                                      Exhibit A

                                STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

<PAGE>





                                STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
                                           
         AGREEMENT, dated as of this 8th day of October, 1996, between SMG-II 
Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), and James L. 
Donald (the "Executive").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, Holdings, Pathmark Stores, Inc. (the "Company") and the 
Executive are parties to an employment agreement, dated October 8, 1996 (the 
"Employment Agreement"), which contemplates that Holdings will grant the 
Executive an equity interest in Holdings consisting of a specified number of 
shares of a new series of Holdings convertible preferred stock, with a stated 
value of $200 ("Preferred Stock") and shares of Holdings Class A Common 
Stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), subject to the terms and 
conditions set forth herein; and

         WHEREAS, Holdings now desires to award the Executive the Equity 
Strip, and the Executive now desires to accept the award of the Equity Strip, 
in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual 
covenants hereinafter set forth, and for good and valuable consideration, the 
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

         1.   Equity Award.  Holdings hereby grants to the Executive, subject 
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, an Equity Strip, consisting of 
an aggregate of 19,851 shares of Common Stock and an aggregate of 8,520 
shares of Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock will be pari passu with the 
existing SMG-II convertible preferred stock and will accrue dividends at a 
rate of 10% per annum.  Each share of Preferred Stock will be convertible 
into one share of Common Stock. 

         Capitalized words which are not otherwise defined in the text of 
this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such words in the 
Employment Agreement.

         2.   Issuance of Share Certificates.  The Executive will enjoy full 
ownership rights in connection with the Equity Strip, including voting rights 
and the right to receive dividends when declared and paid.  Share 
certificates for the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock subject to 
the Equity Strip will be issued in the name of the Executive but will be held 
by Holdings until such time as the Executive makes a valid disposition of 
such shares in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth herein and 
in the Stockholders Agreement and Security Agreement.  Each such share 
certificate will contain a legend in the form below indicating that it has 


<PAGE>

                                       2

not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that 
the shares are subject to transfer restrictions set forth in the Stockholders 
Agreement and the Security Agreement:

         THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO, AND ARE
         TRANSFERABLE ONLY UPON COMPLIANCE WITH, THE PROVISIONS OF A 
         STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT AMONG SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION AND THE OTHER
         PARTIES THERETO AND THE SECURITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE HOLDER AND 
         SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION. COPIES OF THE ABOVE-REFERENCED AGREEMENTS
         ARE ON FILE AT THE OFFICES OF SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION AT 
         301 BLAIR ROAD, WOODBRIDGE, NEW JERSEY.

         THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN 
         REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT 
         BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
         OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SAID ACT.

         3.   Vesting.  The Equity Strip will vest in its entirety upon the 
occurrence of an Employment-Related Event and will be forfeited in its 
entirety upon the occurrence of a Termination Event; provided, however, that 
no portion of the Equity Strip will be subject to forfeiture to the extent 
that it has been sold or otherwise transferred in accordance with Section 4 
below prior to the occurrence of a Termination Event.

         4.   Sales and Transfers of the Equity Strip.   (a)  The award of 
the Equity Strip hereunder is expressly conditioned upon the Executive 
becoming a party to the Stockholders Agreement and agreeing to be bound by 
the terms thereof.

         (b)  The shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock subject to the 
Equity Strip shall be subject to all of the transfer restrictions set forth 
in the Stockholders Agreement and may be transferred by the Executive only in 
the manner and to the extent permitted by the Stockholders Agreement.  Except 
as permitted by the Stockholders Agreement, the shares subject to the Equity 
Strip may not be transferred by the Executive until such time as they have 
vested in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 above.

         (c)  Holdings shall cause the release of the shares from the 
Security Agreement to the extent necessary to permit the Executive to 
exercise his sale or transfer rights under Section 5.6 or 6.2 of the 
Stockholders Agreement; provided, however, that the cash or other proceeds 
received in connection with such sale or transfer shall be held as collateral 
for the Loan in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.

         5.   Investment Representation.  The Executive hereby represents and 
warrants to Holdings that (i) the Equity Strip is being acquired by him for 
investment only and not for resale, (ii) he has such knowledge and experience 
in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits 
of the acquisition of the interest in Holdings constituting the Equity Strip, 
(iii) he has carefully reviewed and understood the terms of this Agreement 
and the Stockholders Agreement and (iv) he is an "accredited investor" within 
the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, by reason of (A) having a net worth (or joint net worth of the 
Executive and his spouse) on the date of this Agreement that exceeds 


<PAGE>
                                       3

$1,000,000, or (B) having had individual income in excess of $200,000 in each 
of the two most recent years (or joint income of the Executive and his spouse 
in excess of $300,000 in each of those years) and having a reasonable 
expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year.

         6.   No Restriction on Right of Company to Effect Corporate Changes. 
   The Equity Strip shall not affect in any way the right or power of 
Holdings or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, 
recapitalization, reorganizations or other changes in Holdings' capital 
structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of Holdings, or any 
issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of 
bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are 
superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are 
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or 
liquidation of Holdings, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its 
assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a 
similar character or otherwise.  This Section 6 is not intended to constitute 
a waiver of any rights the parties may have under state law.

         7.   Interpretation and Construction.   Holdings shall have full 
authority to interpret and construe this Agreement and any interpretation, 
construction or determination made by Holdings pursuant hereto shall be final 
and conclusive.

         8.   Headings.  The headings of sections and subsections herein are 
included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning 
of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         9.   Notices.  Any notice provided by either party hereto will be 
provided in accordance with the notice provision set forth in Section 10 of 
the Employment Agreement.

         10.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall 
be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New 
York.


<PAGE>

                                       4

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Agreement to be 
executed by its duly authorized officers and the Executive has executed this 
Agreement, both as of the day and year first above written.

                             SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION


                             By:  ____________________________________


                                  Name:_______________________________

                                  Title: _____________________________


                             EXECUTIVE

                             __________________________________________


                             __________________________________________

                             __________________________________________
                                            (address)



<PAGE>


                                                                                
                                   

                             SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION


                                                March 7, 1997

Mr. James L. Donald
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Pathmark Stores, Inc.
301 Blair Road
Woodbridge, New Jersey  07095

                        Amendment to the Stock Award Agreement

Dear Mr. Donald:

         Reference is made to the Stock Award Agreement, dated October 8, 
1996, between SMG-II Holdings Corporation ("Holdings") and you (the "Stock 
Award Agreement").

         This will confirm our agreement that the following sentence is 
hereby added to the end of Section 3 of the Stock Award Agreement:

"'Employment-Related Event' shall mean any of the following:  (i) your 
termination of employment at the end of the full Term of employment, (ii) 
your Involuntary Termination or (iii) your death or Disability."

         This letter constitutes an amendment to your Stock Award Agreement.  
Please indicate your agreement by signing the attached copy of this letter.

                                  SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION


                                  By:____________________
                                  Title:

ACCEPTED AND AGREED

______________________
James L. Donald

______________________
Date




<PAGE>


                                   Exhibit B

                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


<PAGE>
                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


          AGREEMENT, dated as of this 8th day of October, 1996 
(the "Date of Grant"), between SMG-II Holdings Corporation, a Delaware 
corporation (the "Holdings"), and James L. Donald (the "Optionee").


                             W I T N E S S E T H:


          WHEREAS, the Holdings, Pathmark Stores, Inc. (the "Company") and the 
Optionee are parties to an employment agreement, dated October 8, 1996 
(the "Employment Agreement") which contemplates that Holdings will grant the 
Optionee a stock option consisting of an aggregate of 100,000 shares of 
Holdings Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), 
subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

          WHEREAS, Holdings now desires to grant the Optionee the Option, and 
the Optionee desires to accept the grant of the Option, in accordance with the 
terms and provisions hereof;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual 
covenants hereinafter set forth, and for good and valuable consideration, the 
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

          1.   Grant of Option.

          Holdings hereby grants to the Optionee, subject to the terms and 
conditions of this Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement"), a stock option 
(the "Option") to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of Common Stock. The 
Option will consist of component A ("Option Component A") covering 50,000 
shares of Common Stock and component B ("Option Component B") covering the 
remaining 50,000 shares of Common Stock.  Any terms used herein not otherwise 
defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Employment Agreement.

          2.   Terms and Conditions of Option.

          The Option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

          (a)  Exercise Price of the Option Component A. Subject to 
Section 2(c) below, Option Component A shall have an initial per share exercise
price of $100 per share.  The per share exercise price of Option Component A 
will increase to $125 per share on the first day of the Fiscal Year beginning 
in calendar year 2000 ("Fiscal Year 2000") and to $150 per share on the first 
day of the Fiscal Year beginning in calendar year 2001 ("Fiscal Year 2001").


<PAGE>
                                       2


          (b)  Exercise Price of the Option Component B. Subject to 
Section 2(c) below, Option Component B will have an initial per share exercise 
price of $100 per share.  The per share exercise price of Option Component B 
will increase to $150 per share on the first day of the Fiscal Year beginning 
in calendar year 1999; to $250 per share on the first day of Fiscal Year 2000; 
and to $350 per share on the first day of Fiscal Year 2001. 

          (c)  Expiration Date. Subject to Section 2(e)(vi) below, the Option 
will expire on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date to the extent not 
previously exercised (the "Expiration Date"); provided, however, that the 
Expiration Date for the portion of the Option Component A and the Option 
Component B which is vested in accordance with Section 2(d) immediately prior 
to such Expiration Date will be extended until the seventh anniversary of the 
Effective Date if such vested portion of the Option Component A and the Option 
Component B, as the case may be, has not become exercisable by such initial 
Expiration Date.  During the period of such extension, the per share exercise 
price of the Option Component A and the Option Component B, as the case may be 
(to the extent not previously exercised), will increase at the end of each 
month during such extension period at an annual rate of 10%.

          (d)  Vesting. Subject to Section 3, the Optionee will vest in 25% of 
the Option Component A and in 25% of the Option Component B on the Effective 
Date and on each of the first through third anniversaries of the Effective 
Date, provided that the Optionee is in the employ of the Company on each such 
date. Upon the occurrence of a Minimum IPO (as defined below) while the 
Optionee is in the employ of the Company, the entire Option shall immediately 
and fully vest.  In addition, the Option will immediately and fully vest upon 
the occurrence of a Change in Control occurring prior to a Termination Event.  

          (e)  Exercisability.

          (i)  Except for purposes of tag-along rights under Article V of the 
     Stockholders Agreement and the piggy-back rights under Article VI of the 
     Stockholders Agreement, the Option shall not be exercisable (even though 
     the Option or a portion thereof is vested) unless and until it becomes 
     exercisable in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2(e).

          (ii) The Exercisable Percentage (as defined below) of each component 
     of the Option will become exercisable if the ML Investors (as defined in 
     the Stockholders Agreement) have a Realization Event (as defined below) in
     respect of the Common Stock at a per share price in excess of the 
     amounts (the "Target Prices") set forth below: 


<PAGE>
                                       3


          Period of Time       Target Price per    Target Price per
                               Share/Option        Share/Option
                               Component A         Component B
          --------------------------------------------------------------

          Prior to 2/1/00      $ 100               $ 150

          2/1/00 to 1/31/01    $ 125               $ 250

          2/1/01 and after     $ 150               $ 350

          --------------------------------------------------------------

          Notwithstanding the above, if the ML Investors (as defined in the 
     Stockholders Agreement) have a Realization Event for more than 15% of the 
     shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by them on the Date of Grant at 
     a per share price in excess of the Target Price described above applicable
     to the date when such Realization Event occurs, then the components of the
     Option for which such Target Prices have been achieved shall become 
     immediately vested and exercisable and the exercise price shall not 
     thereafter increase.

          (iii)  If the Optionee ceases for any reason to be in the employ of 
     the Company, the provisions of Section 2(e)(ii) above will be applied only
     to the then vested portion of each component of the Option.

          (iv)  Holdings and the Optionee agree to use all reasonable efforts 
     to assure that the Optionee shall be permitted to exercise the portion of 
     the Option that becomes exercisable pursuant to this Section 2(e) prior 
     to the consummation of any applicable Third-Party Sale or Public Offering 
     so that the Optionee will be able to participate in such Third-Party Sale 
     or Public Offering to the extent permitted by the provisions of the 
     Stockholders Agreement.

          (v)  In the event that the Optionee becomes entitled to any tag-along
     rights under Section 5.6 or registration rights under Section 6.2 of the 
     Stockholders Agreement, the Optionee will be permitted to exercise his 
     sale or transfer rights with respect to the portion of the Option for 
     which the Target Price has been met.  For purposes of Section 5.6(b) of 
     the Stockholders Agreement, one hundred percent of the portion of the 
     option for which the Target Amount has been realized will be considered 
     exercisable in order to determine the number of shares to be included 
     under Section 5.6(b) of the Stockholders Agreement.

          (vi) If, prior to the Expiration Date, the Board determines that it 
     is necessary or desirable to list, register, or qualify the shares of 
     Common Stock subject to the Option in accordance with Section 5 (b) 
     hereunder, and if such listing, registration, or qualification is delayed
     beyond the Expiration Date, the vested and 


<PAGE>
                                       4


     exercisable portion of the Option will remain exercisable until 30 days 
     after such listing, registration, or qualification is accomplished.

          (f)  Agreement to Become Party to and Abide by the Terms of the 
Stockholders Agreement.  No shares of Common Stock shall be issued to the 
Optionee upon exercise of the Option unless the Optionee is then a party to the
Stockholders Agreement or the Stockholders Agreement shall have previously 
expired in accordance with its terms.  All shares of Common Stock acquired by 
the Optionee upon the exercise of any portion of the Option will be subject to 
the terms of the Stockholders Agreement.  The Optionee shall hold and transfer 
the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Option subject to,
and in accordance with, the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to 
shares of Common Stock owned by Management Investors (as defined in the 
Stockholder Agreement) as provided in the Stockholders Agreement; provided such
terms, conditions and restrictions contained in the Stockholders Agreement are 
then still in effect, and the agreements and restrictions contained therein 
will apply to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option 
without any action on the part of Holdings or the Optionee.

          (g)  Nontransferability; Nonassignability.  The Option shall not be 
transferable or assignable, other than by will or the laws of descent and 
distribution and the Option may not be exercised by anyone other than the 
Optionee during the Optionee's lifetime, except in the event of the Optionee's 
Disability, the Options may be exercised by the Optionee's legal custodian or
guardian.

          3.   Termination of Employment.

          (a)  Termination Without Cause or by Reason of Death; Resignation for
Good Reason.  If the Optionee's employment with the Company is terminated by 
the Company without Cause or by reason of the Optionee's death, or if the 
Optionee should resign his employment with the Company for Good Reason, the 
Optionee shall be entitled to retain the portion of the Option which is vested 
as of the Date of Termination, and the remaining portion of the Option shall be
immediately and irrevocably forfeited as of such date.

          (b)  Disability  In the event of the Optionee's Disability, the 
period of such Disability shall be treated as continuing employment with the 
Company for purposes of Section 2(d) above.  If, following the expiration of 
such period of Disability during the Term, the Optionee does not return to the
full-time employ of the Company, the last day of such period of Disability 
shall be treated for purposes hereof as a Termination Event.

          (c)  Termination Event.  If the Optionee's employment with the 
Company should end as a result of a Termination Event, then, as of the 
applicable Date of Termination, the entire Option (whether or not then vested) 
will be immediately and irrevocably forfeited as of such date.


<PAGE>
                                       5


          (d)  Exercisability After Termination of Employment. The vested 
portion of the Option retained by the Optionee (or in the event of the 
Optionee's death, by his estate or beneficiary) following the Optionee's 
termination of employment with the Company for any reason shall remain 
outstanding until the Expiration Date but shall become exercisable only to the 
extent provided in Section 2(e) above.

          4.   Method of Exercise.

          (a)  Notice.  Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4(b) 
hereof, the Optionee may exercise any then exercisable portion of the Option by
giving written notice to Holdings specifying the number of shares of Common 
Stock in respect of which the Option is being exercised.  The date of exercise 
of the Option with respect to the shares of Common Stock specified in the 
notice shall be the later of (i) the date on which Holdings receives the 
written notice or (ii) the date on which all the conditions provided in 
Sections 4(b) and 4(c) hereof are satisfied.

          (b)  Payment and Other Conditions.  Prior to the issuance to the 
Optionee of any stock certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock in respect
of which the Option shall have been exercised, the Optionee shall have paid to 
Holdings the aggregate exercise price for all shares of Common Stock for which
the Option is then exercised in cash or in shares of Common Stock already owned
by the Optionee with a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the 
aggregate exercise price or any combination of cash and shares. In addition, 
the Optionee shall pay to Holdings an amount in cash equal to the federal, 
state and local taxes, if any, required to be withheld or paid by Holdings 
as a result of such exercise.

          (c)  Issuance of Stock Certificates; Pledge of Shares Acquired.  
Subject to the terms of the Security Agreement, upon receipt of payment and 
satisfaction of the conditions pursuant to Section 4(b), Holdings shall issue 
to the Optionee a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of 
Common Stock in respect of which the Option shall have been exercised. Such 
certificates shall contain one or more legends indicating any then applicable 
transfer restrictions or limitations applicable to the shares.  Holdings will 
bear all expenses in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of 
the stock certificates.

          5.   Registration of Shares and Limitations on Exercisability.

          (a)  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the 
Option shall not be exercisable and no transfer of shares of Common Stock may 
be made to the Optionee, and any attempt to exercise the Option or to transfer 
any shares of Common Stock to the Optionee shall be void and of no effect, 
unless and until (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act has been
duly filed and declared effective pertaining to the shares of Common Stock 
subject to this Option and the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option 
have been duly qualified under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or 
(ii) Holdings, in its sole discretion after securing the advice of counsel, 
determines, or the Optionee provides an opinion of counsel reasonably 
satisfactory to Holdings, that such registration or 


<PAGE>
                                       6


qualification is not required as a result of the availability of an exemption 
from registration or qualification under such laws.

          (b)  Without limiting the foregoing, if at any time the Board shall 
determine in its discretion that the listing, registration or qualification of 
the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option under any state or federal 
law or on any securities exchange, or the consent or approval of any 
governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or 
in connection with, delivery or purchase of shares pursuant to the exercise of 
the Option, the Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such 
listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been
effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board.

          (c)  Following a Public Offering of the Common Stock, the Option and 
the shares subject to the Option shall be registered on a Form S-8, to the 
extent such form of registration statement is then available to Holdings, and, 
if necessary, Holdings will file a reoffering prospectus to facilitate the 
Optionee's resale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the 
Option.

          6.   No Restriction on Right of Company to Effect Corporate Changes.

          Neither the Agreement nor the Option shall affect in any way the 
right or power of Holdings or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all 
adjustments, recapitalization, reorganizations or other changes in Holdings' 
capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of Holdings, 
or any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock, or 
of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are 
superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are 
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or 
liquidation of Holdings, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its 
assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a 
similar character or otherwise.  This Section 6 is not intended to constitute 
a waiver of any rights the parties may have under state law.

          7.   Dilution and Other Adjustments.

          In the event of any stock dividend or split, issuance or repurchase 
of stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of stock, 
grants of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock, recapitalization, 
combination, exchange or similar change affecting the Common Stock, Holdings 
shall make one or more of the following equitable adjustments to the Option: 
(i) adjust the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be acquired
upon exercise of the Option, (ii) adjust the exercise price to be paid for the 
shares subject to the Option, or (iii) make any other equitable adjustments or 
take such other equitable action as Holdings, in its discretion, shall deem 
appropriate.  Such equitable adjustments or actions shall be negotiated in good
faith by Holdings with the Optionee, and any agreement between the parties 
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.  In the 


<PAGE>
                                       7


event of a change in the Common Stock which is limited to a change in the 
designation thereof to "Capital Stock" or other similar designation, or to a 
change in the par value thereof, or from par value to no par value, without 
increase or decrease in the number of issued shares, the shares resulting from 
any such change shall be deemed to be Common Stock within the meaning of this 
Agreement.

          8.   Optionee Bound by the Agreement.

          The Optionee hereby agrees that he and any other person who may be 
entitled to any rights hereunder shall be bound by all the terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

          9.   Headings.

          The headings of sections and subsections herein are included solely 
for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of any of the 
provisions of this Agreement.

          10.  Definitions.

          "Exercisable Percentage" means (i) in connection with a Third Party 
Sale, the percentage of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option that 
the Optionee is entitled to sell pursuant to the exercise of his "tag-along" 
rights under Section 5.6 of the Stockholders Agreement and (ii) in connection 
with a Public Offering, the percentage of the shares of Common Stock then 
beneficially owned by the ML Investors (as defined in the Stockholders 
Agreement) which are sold in the Public Offering. 

          "Minimum IPO" means a Public Offering of the Common Stock after the 
Date of Grant at the conclusion of which the aggregate price for all shares of 
Common Stock having been sold to the public in such Public Offering, plus the 
aggregate offering price for all shares of Common Stock sold in all prior 
Public Offerings of Common Stock occurring after the Date of Grant, exceeds 
$50 million.

          "Public Offering" means a public offering of the Common Stock 
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

          "Realization Event" means the receipt by the ML Investors (as defined
in the Stockholders Agreement) of cash or property from an unrelated third 
party as consideration for the sale of shares of Common Stock then 
beneficially owned by the ML Investors.  For purposes of this Agreement, any 
property other than cash received by the ML Investors in the Realization Event
shall have the value ascribed to such property by the parties to such sale.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


<PAGE>
                                       8


          "Third Party Sale" means a sale of Common Stock subject to 
Section 5.6 of the Stockholders Agreement.

          11.  Governing Law.

          This Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be construed in 
accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

          12.  Notices.

          Any notice provided by either party hereto will be provided in 
accordance with the notice provision set forth in Section 10 of the Employment 
Agreement.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Agreement to be executed
by its duly authorized officers and the Optionee has executed this Agreement, 
both as of the day and year first above written.



                                       SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION


                                       By:____________________________________

                                       Title:_________________________________


                                       OPTIONEE

                                       _______________________________________


                                       _______________________________________

                                       _______________________________________
                                                     (address)


<PAGE>


                          SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                                   AGREEMENT


          AGREEMENT, dated as of this 8th day of November, 1996 between 
SMG-II Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Holdings"), and 
James L. Donald ("Donald").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:


          WHEREAS, Holdings, Pathmark Stores, Inc. (the "Company") and Donald 
are parties to an employment agreement, dated October 8, 1996 (the "Employment
Agreement"), which contemplates that Holdings will grant to Donald an equity 
interest in Holdings consisting of a specified number of shares of a new series
of Holdings convertible preferred stock, with a stated value of $200, shares of
Holdings Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock") 
(together, the "Equity Strip"), and a stock option (the "Option") consisting of
an aggregate of 100,000 shares of Common Stock; and 

          WHEREAS, Holdings now desires to grant Donald the Equity Strip and 
the Option, and Donald desires to accept the grant of the Equity Strip and 
the Option; 

          WHEREAS, the Stockholders Agreement between Holdings and its 
stockholders dated as of February 4, 1991 (the "Stockholders Agreement") was 
amended prior to the execution of this Agreement by Amendment No. 1 to provide 
Donald with the Equity Strip and the Option and all the rights and obligations 
associated therewith; and 

          WHEREAS, according to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, in 
order to receive either grant of the Equity Strip or the Option, Donald must 
agree to become subject to the terms, conditions, rights, responsibilities and 
all other provisions of the Stockholders Agreement;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual
covenants hereinafter set forth, and for good and valuable consideration, the 
parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

          1.   Defined Terms. Any capitalized words which are not otherwise 
defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such words in the 
Stockholders Agreement. 

          2.   Management Investor. The parties hereby agree that Donald shall
become a Management Investor upon his receipt of the Equity Strip, the Option 
or any portion thereof.

          3.   Agreement to Become Party to and Abide by the Terms of the
Stockholders Agreement. The parties hereby irrevocably agree that Donald shall 
be subject


<PAGE>
                                       2


to the terms and conditions of the Stockholders Agreement in its entirety. The 
parties further agree that all shares of Common Stock or preferred stock 
acquired by Donald or granted to Donald by Holdings will be subject to the 
terms of the Stockholders Agreement.  Donald shall hold and transfer all shares
of Common Stock and preferred stock granted to him under the Equity Strip or 
issuable upon the exercise of the Option subject to, and in accordance with, 
the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to shares of Common Stock and
preferred stock owned by Management Investors as provided in the Stockholders 
Agreement for as long as such terms, conditions and restrictions contained in 
the Stockholders Agreement are then still in effect, and the agreements and 
restrictions contained therein will apply to the shares of Common Stock and 
preferred stock granted through the Equity Strip and issuable upon exercise of 
the Option without any other action on the part of Holdings or Donald.

         4.   All Provisions of the Stockholders Agreement. The parties agree 
that all the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement shall apply to this 
Agreement, including, without limitation, the notice provisions and the 
governing law provisions.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Agreement to be executed
by its duly authorized officers and Donald has executed this Agreement, both as
of the day and year first above written.



                                       SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION


                                       By: ___________________________________

                                           Title: ____________________________


                                       JAMES L. DONALD


                                       _______________________________________


                                       _______________________________________

                                       _______________________________________
                                                     (address)

<PAGE>


                                     Exhibit C

                                    FORM OF NOTE







<PAGE>



                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE





                               FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE          
                                         A-16


$281,250                                                 Dated: November 8, 1996

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, JAMES L. DONALD, an individual
residing at 26 Carriage Place; Edison, New Jersey; 08820 (the "Borrower"),
HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to PATHMARK STORES, INC. (the "Lender") on the
Termination Date (as defined below) the principal amount of TWO HUNDRED AND
EIGHTY ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED AND FIFTY U.S. DOLLARS (US$281,250) in lawful
money of the United States of America ("U.S. Dollars" or "US$") and in same day
funds.


                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

         SECTION 1.01  Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this Note, the
following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Lender.

         "Borrower" has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this
Note.

         "Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are not required
or authorized to close in New York City.

         "Employment Agreement" means the Employment Agreement between the
Borrower and the Lender dated October 8, 1996 which sets forth the terms of the
Borrower's employment with the Lender.


<PAGE>

                                          2

                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE


         "Federal Short-Term Rate" means the interest rate that is the Federal
short-term rate which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the rate of
interest in effect on the date hereof and published by the Secretary of the
Treasury, in accordance with Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, as
the monthly Federal short-term rate.

         "Holdings" means SMG-II Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation
and the parent company of the Lender, together with any successors.

         "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued
thereunder.  

         "Lender" has the meaning specified in the recital of parties to this
Note.

         "Loan Documents" means this Note, the Security Agreement and any other
Note of the Borrower payable to the order of the Lender, in each case as amended
or modified from time to time.

         "Security Agreement" means a pledge, assignment and security agreement
entered into by the Borrower for the benefit of the Lender, in substantially the
form of Exhibit A hereto, as such agreement may be amended or modified from time
to time.

         "Termination Date" means the earlier of (a) October 8, 2001 or (b) the
date of the termination in whole of the Loan hereunder pursuant to Section 2.04
or 5.01.

         SECTION 1.02  Computation of Time Periods.  In this Note in the
computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date,
the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" each
mean "to but excluding".     

         SECTION 1.03  Other Terms.  All other terms not defined in this Note
shall have the meaning assigned such terms in the Employment Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                          3

                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE


                                      ARTICLE II

                             AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOAN

         SECTION 2.01.  The Loan.  The Lender agrees, on the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a loan (the "Loan") to the Borrower on
the date hereof in the amount set forth above in U.S. Dollars and in same day
funds.

         SECTION 2.02.  Repayment.  The Borrower shall repay the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Loan on the Termination Date.

         SECTION 2.03.  Interest.  (a)  Scheduled Interest.  The Borrower shall
pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note from the date of this
Note until this Note shall be paid in full at a rate per annum equal at all
times to the Federal Mid-Term Rate in effect and applicable to this Note
pursuant to the terms hereof, payable quarterly in arrears beginning on January
8, 1997 and on the Termination Date.  

         (b)  Default Interest.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default listed in Section 5.01(g)
to which this Section 2.03(b) shall not apply until 60 days after the occurrence
of such Event of Default), the Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid
principal amount of this Note, payable in arrears on the dates referred to in
clause (a) above and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per
annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on this Note pursuant to
clause (a) above.

         SECTION 2.04.  Mandatory Prepayments.  The Borrower shall, on the next
succeeding Business Day following the Borrower's failure to be in the Lender's
employ as a result of a termination of employment for Cause or by reason of the
Borrower's death or a resignation of employment other than for Good Reason,
prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Loan and pay accrued interest to
the date of such prepayment on the entire principal amount of the Loan
outstanding as of such date; provided however that the Borrower shall be
considered to be in the Lender's "employ" during any period of the Borrower's
Disability.
              
         SECTION 2.05.  Payments and Computations.  The Borrower shall make
each payment hereunder not later than 3:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the day
when due in U.S. Dollars to the Lender at its address referred to in Section
6.02 in same day funds.  All computations of interest shall be made by the
Lender on the basis of a year of 365 or 366


<PAGE>

                                          4

                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE


days, as the case may be, in each case for the actual number of days 
(including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period 
for which such interest is payable.

         SECTION 2.06.  Payment on Non-Business Days.  Whenever any payment
under any Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business
Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such
extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment
of interest.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                CONDITIONS OF LENDING

         SECTION 3.01.  Conditions Precedent to the Loan.  The obligation of
the Lender to make the Loan hereunder is subject to the conditions precedent
that the Lender shall have received on or before the date of such Loan the
following, dated such day, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

         (a)  The Security Agreement, together with:

              (i)  acknowledgment copies or stamped receipt copies of proper
         financing statements, duly filed under the Uniform Commercial Code of
         all jurisdictions that the Lender may deem necessary or desirable in
         order to perfect the security interests created by the Security
         Agreement,

              (ii) completed requests for information, listing the financing
         statements referred to in paragraph (i) above and all other effective
         financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in
         paragraph (i) above that name the Borrower as debtor, together with
         copies of such other financing statements (none of which shall cover
         the collateral purported to be covered by the Security Agreement),

              (iii)     evidence of the completion of all recordings and
         filings of or with respect to the collateral that the Lender may deem
         necessary or desirable in order to perfect the security interests
         created by the Security Agreement, and


<PAGE>

                                          5

                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE


              (iv) evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the opinion
         of the Lender, desirable to perfect and protect the security interests
         created by the Security Agreement have been taken; and

         (b)  the Lender shall have received such other approvals or documents
as the Lender may reasonably request.


                                      ARTICLE IV

                              COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

         SECTION 4.01.  Affirmative Covenants.  So long as this Note shall
remain unpaid, the Borrower will, unless the Lender shall otherwise consent in
writing:

         (a)  Compliance with Laws, Etc.  Comply in all material respects with
    all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to
    include, without limitation, paying before the same become delinquent all
    taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon the Borrower or
    upon the property of the Borrower except to the extent contested in good
    faith.

         (b)  Reporting Requirements.  Furnish to the Lender:

              (i)  as soon as possible and in any event within five days after
         the occurrence of each Event of Default and each event which, with the
         giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event
         of Default, continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of
         the Borrower setting forth details of such Event of Default or event
         and the action which the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with
         respect thereto; and 

              (ii) such other information respecting the condition or
         operations, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower as the Lender may
         from time to time reasonably request.


<PAGE>

                                          6

                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE


                                      ARTICLE V

                                  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         SECTION 5.01.  Events of Default.  If any of the following events
("Events of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

         (a)  The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of, or interest on,
    this Note or any other amount under any other Loan Document, including, but
    not limited to, any mandatory prepayments, within 30 days after the same
    becomes due and payable;

         (b)  The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe (i) any term,
    covenant or agreement contained in Section 4.01 or (ii) any other term,
    covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document on the part of the
    Borrower to be performed or observed if such failure shall remain
    unremedied for 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given
    to the Borrower by the Lender;

         (c)  The Borrower shall generally not pay his debts as such debts
    become due, or shall admit in writing his inability to pay his debts
    generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
    or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower seeking to
    adjudicate the Borrower a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation,
    protection, relief, or composition of the Borrower or of his debts under
    any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or relief of debtors, or seeking
    the entry of an order for relief for the Borrower or for any substantial
    part of his property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted
    against the Borrower (but not instituted by the Borrower), either such
    proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 30 days, or
    any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without
    limitation, the entry of an order for relief against the Borrower or for
    any substantial part of his property) shall occur;

         (d)  Any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of
    $250,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower and either (i) enforcement
    proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or
    order or (ii) there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days during which
    a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending
    appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;


<PAGE>

                                          7

                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE


         (e)  Any provision of the Security Agreement after delivery thereof
    pursuant to Section 3.01 shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding
    on the Borrower, or the Borrower shall so state in writing;

         (f)  The Security Agreement after delivery thereof pursuant to Section
    3.01 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease
    to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any of
    the collateral purported to be covered thereby;

         (g)  The Borrower shall die; or

         (h)  The Borrower shall be terminated for Cause or resign without Good
    Reason, or shall give or receive notice of such termination or resignation;

then, and in any such event, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower, declare
this Note, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under the Loan
Documents to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon this Note, all such
interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable,
without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided, that in the event of the
death of the Borrower or in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order
for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, this
Note, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be
due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.


                                      ARTICLE VI

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 6.01.  Amendments, Etc.  No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Note, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom,
shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed
by the Lender and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

         SECTION 6.02.  Notices, Etc.  All notices and other communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopier, telegraphic,
telex or cable


<PAGE>

                                          8

                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE


communication) and mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, cabled or 
delivered, if to the Borrower, at its address as indicated in the recital of 
parties to this Note; and if to the Lender, at its address at 301 Blair Road; 
Woodbridge, New Jersey; 07095, Attn: Corporate Secretary; or, as to each 
party, at such other address and to such other individual as shall be 
designated by such party in a written notice to the other party.  All such 
notices and communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, 
telexed or cabled, be effective when deposited in the mails, telecopied, 
delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback or 
delivered to the cable company, respectively.

         SECTION 6.03.  No Waiver; Remedies.  No failure on the part of the
Lender to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under any Loan
Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial
exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right.  The remedies provided in the Loan Documents are
cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

         SECTION 6.04.  Binding Effect.  This Note shall (a) be binding upon
the Borrower and his personal representatives, estate, heirs, devisees, legatees
and assigns, (b) inure to the benefit of the Borrower and his assigns and (c) be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Lender and its respective
successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to
assign his rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written
consent of the Lender.

         SECTION 6.05.  Governing Law.  This Note shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


<PAGE>

                                          9

                             THIS NOTE IS NON-NEGOTIABLE


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has executed and the Lender has
caused this Note to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized, in
each case, as of the date first above written.



                             ______________________________                    
                             JAMES L. DONALD, as
                             Borrower



CONSENTED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED:



PATHMARK STORES, INC.,
as Lender


By:__________________________________
   Name:
   Title:





<PAGE>

                                     Exhibit D

                                 SECURITY AGREEMENT


<PAGE>

                      PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


         PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of November 8, 
1996, made by the individual identified on the signature page hereof (the 
"Pledgor"), residing at the address indicated for the Pledgor on the 
signature page hereof, to PATHMARK STORES, INC. (the "Pledgee"), a Delaware 
corporation.

         PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

         (1)  The Pledgor has made various Notes to the order of the Pledgee, 
each dated November 8, 1996 (each such Note, as it may hereinafter be amended 
or modified from time to time, being a "Note", and collectively, the "Notes", 
the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein 
as therein defined).

         (2)  The Pledgor is the owner of the shares of stock set forth on 
Part I of Schedule I hereto and issued by the corporations indicated therein 
and the options set forth in Part II of Schedule I hereto and issued by the 
corporations indicated therein.

         (3)  The Pledgor has entered into an Option Agreement relating to 
the options listed on Part II of Schedule I (said agreement, as amended or 
modified from to time, being the "Option Agreement") and a Stock Award 
Agreement relating to the shares listed on Part I of Schedule I (said 
agreement, as amended or modified from to time, being the "Stock Award 
Agreement").

         (4)  Each of the Notes requires that the Pledgor shall grant the 
security interest contemplated by this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and in order to 
induce the Pledgee to make the loans under the Notes, the Pledgor hereby 
agrees with the Pledgee as follows:

         SECTION 1.  Grant of Security.  The Pledgor hereby assigns, 
transfers and pledges to the Pledgee, and hereby grants to the Pledgee a 
security interest in, all of the Pledgor's right, title and interest in, to 
and under the following, in each case, as to each type of property described 
below, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located and whether 
now or hereafter existing (the "Collateral"):

         (a)  (i)  the shares of stock set forth in Part I of Schedule I 
         hereto and issued by the corporations indicated therein 
         (collectively referred to herein as the "Initial Pledged Shares", 
         and together with the shares referred to in clause (ii) below, the 
         "Pledged Shares"), together with the certificates

<PAGE>

                                       2

         representing such Initial Pledged Shares and all dividends, cash, 
         instruments and other property from time to time received, 
         receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for 
         any or all of such Initial Pledged Shares;

              (ii) all additional shares of stock of any issuer of any 
         Initial Pledged Shares from time to time acquired by the Pledgor in 
         any manner, other than additional shares of stock acquired by the 
         Pledgor in open market purchases, together with the certificates 
         representing such additional shares and all dividends, cash, 
         instruments and other property from time to time received, 
         receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for 
         any or all of such shares;

         (b)  (i)  the option set forth in Part II of Schedule I hereto and 
         issued by the corporation indicated therein (referred to herein as 
         the "Initial Pledged Option", and together with the options referred 
         to in clause (ii) below, the "Pledged Options"; the Pledged Shares 
         and Pledged Options being referred to herein as the "Security 
         Collateral"), together with all shares, dividends, cash, instruments 
         and other property from time to time received, receivable or 
         otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of 
         such Initial Pledged Option, including, without limitation, the 
         shares issued upon exercise of such Pledged Options;

              (ii) all additional options of the issuer of the Initial 
         Pledged Option from time to time acquired by the Pledgor in any 
         manner and all shares, dividends, cash, instruments and other 
         property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise 
         distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such 
         options;

         (c)  the Option Agreement and the Stock Award Agreement 
    (collectively, the "Assigned Agreements"), including, without limitation, 
    (i) all rights of the Pledgor under or pursuant to the Assigned 
    Agreements, (ii) all rights of the Pledgor to receive proceeds of any 
    insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect to the Assigned 
    Agreements, (iii) all claims of the Pledgor for damages arising out of or 
    for breach of or default under the Assigned Agreements and (iv) all 
    rights of the Pledgor to terminate the Assigned Agreements, to perform 
    thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies 
    thereunder (all such Collateral being the "Agreement Collateral"); and

         (d)  all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing Collateral 
    (including, without limitation, (i) proceeds which constitute property of 
    the types described in clauses (a) through (c) of this Section 1 and (ii) 
    cash) and, to the extent not

<PAGE>

                                      3


    otherwise included, all payments under insurance (whether or not the 
    Pledgee is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or 
    guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with 
    respect to any of the foregoing Collateral.

         SECTION 2.  Security for Obligations.  This Agreement secures the 
payment of all obligations of the Pledgor now or hereafter existing under the 
Loan Documents (all such obligations of the Pledgor being the "Obligations"). 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the 
payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Obligations and would be 
owed by the Pledgor to the Pledgee under any of the Notes but for the fact 
that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a 
bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Pledgor.

         SECTION 3.  Pledgor Remains Liable.  Anything herein to the contrary 
notwithstanding, (a) the Pledgor shall remain liable under the contracts and 
agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to 
perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if 
this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Pledgee of any 
of the rights hereunder shall not release the Pledgor from any of its duties 
or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, 
and (c) the Pledgee shall have no obligation or liability under the contracts 
and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor 
shall the Pledgee be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of 
the Pledgor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim 
for payment assigned hereunder.

         SECTION 4.  Delivery of Collateral.  All certificates or instruments 
representing or evidencing the Collateral are being delivered to and will be 
held by or on behalf of the Pledgee pursuant hereto and shall be in suitable 
form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed 
instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance 
satisfactory to the Pledgee.  The Pledgee shall have the right, at any time 
in its discretion and without notice to the Pledgor, to transfer to or to 
register in the name of the Pledgee (as pledgee hereunder) or any of its 
nominees any or all of the Collateral.  In addition, the Pledgee shall have 
the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing or 
evidencing the Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or 
larger denominations.

         SECTION 5.  Representations and Warranties.  The Pledgor represents
and warrants as follows:

         (a)  The residence of the Pledgor is located at the address 
specified on the signature page of this Agreement.  A fully executed original 
counterpart of each of the Assigned Agreements has been delivered to the 
Pledgee.  Each party to the Assigned

<PAGE>

                                      4


Agreements other than the Pledgor has executed and delivered to the Pledgee a 
consent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, to the assignment of the 
Agreement Collateral to the Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement.

         (b)  The Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral 
free and clear of any lien, security interest, option or other charge or 
encumbrance, except for the security interests created by this Agreement.  No 
effective financing statement or other document similar in effect covering 
all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording office, except 
such as may have been filed in favor of the Pledgee relating to this 
Agreement.

         (c)  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the 
Pledgor and is a valid and binding obligation of the Pledgor, enforceable 
against the Pledgor in accordance with its terms.

         (d)  The execution and delivery by the Pledgor of this Agreement and 
the performance of its obligations thereunder are within the Pledgor's 
authority and capacity and do not contravene any law, regulation, order or 
contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Pledgor.

         SECTION 6.  Further Assurances.  (a)  The Pledgor agrees that from 
time to time, at the expense of the Pledgee, the Pledgor will promptly 
execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all 
further action, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Pledgee may 
reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect any pledge, assignment or 
security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the 
Pledgee to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with 
respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 
the Pledgor will:  (i) deliver and pledge to the Pledgee promptly upon 
receipt thereof all instruments or certificates representing or evidencing 
any of the Collateral duly indorsed and accompanied by duly executed 
instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory 
to the Pledgee; and (ii) execute and file such financing or continuation 
statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as 
may be necessary or desirable, or as the Pledgee may request, in order to 
perfect and preserve the pledge, assignment and security interest granted or 
purported to be granted hereby.

         (b)  The Pledgor hereby authorizes the Pledgee to file one or more 
financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relating to all 
or any part of the Collateral without the signature of the Pledgor where 
permitted by law.  A photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement or any 
financing statement covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be 
sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

<PAGE>

                                      5

         (c)  The Pledgor will furnish to the Pledgee from time to time 
statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral 
and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Pledgee may 
reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

         (d)  The Pledgor will give the Pledgee not less than 30 days' prior 
written notice of any change in his residence from the residence specified in 
Section 5(a) hereof (or any subsequent location).

         SECTION 7.  As to the Assigned Agreements.  The Pledgor shall at its 
expense (a) perform and observe all the terms and provisions of the Assigned 
Agreements to be performed or observed by it, enforce the Assigned Agreements 
in accordance with their respective terms, and take all such action to such 
end as may be from time to time reasonably requested by the Pledgee, (b) 
furnish to the Pledgee such information and reports regarding the Collateral 
as the Pledgee may reasonably request and (c) upon request of the Pledgee 
make to any other party to the Assigned Agreements such demands and requests 
for information and reports or for action as the Pledgor is entitled to make 
thereunder.

         SECTION 8.  Voting Rights; Dividends; Etc.  (a)  So long as no Event 
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

         (i)  The Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting 
    and other consensual rights pertaining to the Security Collateral of the 
    Pledgor or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the 
    terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

         (ii) Any and all

              (A)  dividends and interest paid or payable including cash in 
         respect of, and instruments and other property received, receivable 
         or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, any 
         Security Collateral,

              (B)  dividends and other distributions paid or payable in cash 
         in respect of any Security Collateral in connection with a partial 
         or total liquidation or dissolution or in connection with a 
         reduction of capital, capital surplus or paid-in-surplus,

              (C)  cash paid, payable or otherwise distributed in respect of 
         principal of or in exchange for, any Security Collateral, and

<PAGE>

                                      6

              (D)  cash dividends paid or payable in violation of the terms 
         of the Loan Documents,

    shall be, and shall be forthwith delivered to the Pledgee to hold as, 
    Security Collateral and shall, if received by the Pledgor, be received in 
    trust for the benefit of the Pledgee, be segregated from the other 
    property or funds of the Pledgor and be forthwith delivered to the 
    Pledgee as Security Collateral in the same form as so received (with any 
    necessary indorsement).

         (iii)     The Pledgee shall (A) execute and deliver (or cause to be 
    executed and delivered) to the Pledgor all such proxies and other 
    instruments as the Pledgor may reasonably request for the purpose of 
    enabling the Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights that it is 
    entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above and (B) release to 
    the Pledgor amounts of the Collateral as the Pledgor may reasonably 
    request, but solely to the extent necessary to permit the Pledgor to 
    exercise the rights set forth in the Employment Agreement and Stockholder 
    Agreement (the "Rights Agreements"); provided that such exercise shall 
    comply with the terms and provisions of the Rights Agreements and 
    provided further that upon the exercise by the Pledgor of any such 
    rights, all proceeds resulting from such exercise shall be, and shall be 
    forthwith delivered to the Pledgee to hold as, Collateral and shall, if 
    received by the Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the 
    Pledgee, be segregated from the other property or funds of the Pledgor 
    and be forthwith delivered to the Pledgee as Collateral in the same form 
    as so received (with any necessary indorsement).

         (iv) The Pledgee shall release to the Pledgor amounts of the 
    Collateral as the Pledgor may reasonably request, but solely to the 
    extent necessary to pay all taxes due and payable by the Pledgor upon the 
    exercise of the options under the Option Agreement, the inclusion of any 
    income of shares received under the Stock Award Agreement, and any gain 
    recognized upon the sale or exchange of any collateral, or on any 
    dividends or distributions previously received by the Pledgor and pledged 
    to the Pledgee pursuant to paragraph (ii) above.

         (b)  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of 
Default all rights of the Pledgor to exercise or refrain from exercising the 
consensual rights that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to 
Section 8(a)(i) shall, upon notice to the Pledgor by the Pledgee, cease, and 
all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Pledgee, which shall 
thereupon have the sole right to exercise or refrain from exercising such 
consensual rights.

         SECTION 9.  Transfers and Other Liens.  (a)  The Pledgor shall not 
(i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, 
or grant any

<PAGE>

                                      7

option with respect to, any of the Collateral or (ii) create or permit to 
exist any lien, security interest, option or other charge or encumbrance upon 
or with respect to any of the Collateral, except for the security interest 
under this Agreement.

         (b)  The Pledgor agrees that it shall pledge hereunder, immediately 
upon its acquisition (directly or indirectly) thereof, any and all additional 
shares of stock or other securities of each issuer of any Pledged Shares or 
Pledged Options. 

         SECTION 10.  Pledgee Appointed Attorney-in-Fact.  The Pledgor hereby 
irrevocably appoints the Pledgee the Pledgor's attorney-in-fact, with full 
authority in the place and stead of the Pledgor and in the name of the 
Pledgor or otherwise, from time to time in the Pledgee's discretion, to take 
any action and to execute any instrument that the Pledgee may deem necessary 
or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without 
limitation:

         (a)  to ask for, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, 
    receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become 
    due under or in respect of any of the Collateral,

         (b)  to receive, indorse and collect any drafts or other 
    instruments, documents and chattel paper in connection with clause (a) 
    above, and

         (c)  to file any claims or take any action or institute any 
    proceedings that the Pledgee may deem necessary or desirable for the 
    collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of 
    the Pledgee with respect to any of the Collateral.

         SECTION 11.  Pledgee May Perform.  If the Pledgor fails to perform 
any agreement contained herein, the Pledgee may itself perform, or cause 
performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the Pledgee incurred in 
connection therewith shall be payable by the Pledgor under Section 14.

         SECTION 12.  The Pledgee's Duties.  The powers conferred on the 
Pledgee hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and 
shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers.  Except for 
the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for 
moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Pledgee shall have no duty as 
to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, 
conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any 
Collateral, whether or not the Pledgee has or is deemed to have knowledge of 
such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights 
against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.  The 
Pledgee shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and 
preservation of any

<PAGE>

                                      8

Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment 
substantially equal to that which the Pledgee accords its own property.

         SECTION 13.  Remedies.  If any Event of Default shall have occurred 
and be continuing:

         (a)  The Pledgee may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in 
    addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise 
    available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on 
    default under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New 
    York at that time (the "Code") (whether or not the Code applies to the 
    affected Collateral), and also may (i) require the Pledgor to, and the 
    Pledgor hereby agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the 
    Pledgee forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by 
    the Pledgee and make it available to the Pledgee at a place to be 
    designated by the Pledgee which is reasonably convenient to both parties 
    and (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell or, to the extent 
    permitted by applicable law, purchase the Collateral or any part thereof 
    in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Pledgee's 
    offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and 
    upon such other terms as the Pledgee may deem commercially reasonable.  
    The Pledgor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required 
    by law, at least ten days' notice to the Pledgor of the time and place of 
    any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made 
    shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Pledgee shall not be 
    obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale 
    having been given.  The Pledgee may adjourn any public or private sale 
    from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, 
    and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place 
    to which it was so adjourned.

         (b)  Any cash held by the Pledgee as Collateral and all cash 
    proceeds received by the Pledgee in respect of any sale of, collection 
    from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral may, in 
    the discretion of the Pledgee, be held by the Pledgee as collateral for, 
    and then or at any time thereafter be applied (after payment of any 
    amounts payable to the Pledgee pursuant to Section 14) in whole or in 
    part by the Pledgee against, all or any part of the Obligations in such 
    order as the Pledgee shall elect.  Any surplus of such cash or cash 
    proceeds held by the Pledgee and remaining after payment in full of all 
    the Obligations shall be paid over to the Pledgor or to whomsoever may be 
    lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

         (c)  The Pledgee may exercise any and all rights and remedies of the 
    Pledgor under or in connection with the Assigned Agreements or otherwise 
    in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all 
    rights of the

<PAGE>

                                      9

    Pledgor to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or 
    performance of any provision of, the Assigned Agreements.

         (d)  Subject to Section 8, all payments received by the Pledgor 
    under or in connection with the Assigned Agreements or otherwise in 
    respect of the Collateral shall be received in trust for the benefit of 
    the Pledgee, shall be segregated from other funds of the Pledgor and 
    shall be forthwith paid over to the Pledgee in the same form as so 
    received (with any necessary indorsement).

         In exercising the remedies provided for herein, the Pledgee shall 
comply with all provisions of the Assigned Agreements and with applicable 
law, including without limitation the securities laws.

         SECTION 14.  Expenses.  The Pledgor will upon demand pay to the 
Pledgee the amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including the 
reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and of any experts and agents, 
which the Pledgee incurs in connection with the exercise or enforcement of 
any of its rights hereunder.

         SECTION 15.  Amendments; Etc.  No amendment or waiver of any 
provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by the Pledgor 
herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing 
and signed by the Pledgee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective 
only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

         SECTION 16.  Addresses for Notices.  All notices and other 
communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including 
telecopier, telegraphic, telex or cable communication) and mailed, 
telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, cabled or delivered to it, if to the 
Pledgor, at its address specified in the recital of parties to this 
Agreement, and if to the Pledgee, at its address specified in the Notes, or, 
as to either party, at such other address as shall be designated by such 
party in a written notice to the other party.  All such notices and other 
communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed or 
cabled, be effective when deposited in the mails, telecopied, delivered to 
the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback or delivered to the 
cable company, respectively.

         SECTION 17.  Continuing Security Interest.  This Agreement shall 
create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain 
in full force and effect until the later of (i) the payment in full of the 
Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents and (ii) 
the Termination Date, (b) be binding upon the Pledgor, its successors and 
assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Pledgee 
and its successors, transferees and assigns. 

<PAGE>

                                      10

         SECTION 18.  Release and Termination.   The security interest 
granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert 
to the Pledgor upon the later of (a) the payment in full of the Obligations 
and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents and (b) the 
Termination Date. Upon such termination, the Pledgee will, at its expense, 
execute and deliver to the Pledgor such documents as the Pledgor shall 
reasonably request to evidence such termination.

         SECTION 19.  Governing Law; Terms.  This Agreement shall be governed 
by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.  
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms used in Article 8 or Article 9 of the 
Code are used herein as therein defined.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor has duly executed and delivered this 
Agreement, and the Pledgee has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and 
delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first 
above written.

                                  __________________________
                                  JAMES L. DONALD, as Pledgor
                                  Address:  26 Carriage Place
                                            Edison, New Jersey
                                            08820


                                  PATHMARK STORES, INC.,
                                    as Pledgee


                                  By_________________________
                                    Title:



<PAGE>


                                    Schedule I
                                      PART I
                                  PLEDGED SHARES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               Stock                  Number      Percentage of
                                              Class of       Certificate      Par       of         Outstanding
Debtor                    Issuer               Stock            No(s).       Value    Shares          Shares
- ------                    ------              --------       -----------     -----    ------      -------------
<S>                 <C>                       <C>             <C>            <C>      <C>          <C>

James L. Donald     SMG-II Holdings            Common            71           0.01    19,851            2%
                    Corporation

James L. Donald     SMG-II Holdings           Preferred           1           $200     8,520            2%
                    Corporation

</TABLE>

                                           PART II

                                       PLEDGED OPTIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Class of                           Percentage of
Pledgor                   Issuer               Stock       Number of Shares    Outstanding Shares
- -------                   ------              --------     ----------------    ------------------
<S>                 <C>                       <C>           <C>                <C>               

James L. Donald     SMG-II Holdings            Common           100,000               6.5%
                      Corporation

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                         EXHIBIT A TO THE SECURITY AGREEMENT

                            FORM OF CONSENT AND AGREEMENT


         The undersigned hereby acknowledges notice of, and consents to the 
terms and provisions of, the Pledge, Assignment and Security Agreement, dated 
as of November 8, 1996 (the "Security Agreement"; terms defined therein being 
used herein as therein defined) from James L. Donald (the "Pledgor") to 
Pathmark Stores, Inc. (the "Pledgee"), and hereby agrees with the Pledgee 
that:.

    (a)  Upon notice from the Pledgee, the undersigned will make all payments 
and distributions to be made by it under or in connection with the Assigned 
Agreements between the undersigned and the Pledgor in accordance with the 
instructions of the Pledgee.

    (b)  All payments and other distributions referred to in paragraph (a) 
above shall be made by the undersigned irrespective of, and without deduction 
for, any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or set-off and shall be final, and 
the undersigned will not seek to recover from the Pledgee for any reason any 
such payment or other distribution once made.

    (c)  The Pledgee shall be entitled to exercise any and all rights and 
remedies of the Pledgor under the Assigned Agreements in accordance with the 
terms of the Security Agreement, and the undersigned shall comply in all 
respects with such exercise.

    (d)  The undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the 
Pledgee, (i) cancel or terminate the Assigned Agreements or consent to or 
accept any cancellation or termination thereof, or (ii) amend or otherwise 
modify the Assigned Agreements

    This Consent and Agreement shall be binding upon the undersigned and its 
successors and assigns, and shall inure, together with the rights and 
remedies of the Pledgee hereunder, to the benefit of the Pledgee and its 
successors, transferees and assigns.  This Consent and Agreement shall be 
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New 
York. 

<PAGE>
                                      2

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Consent 
and Agreement as of the date set opposite its name below.


Dated: November 8, 1996      SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                             By___________________________
                               Title: 


<PAGE>
                                   November 8, 1996


SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION
301 Blair Road
Woodbridge, New Jersey  07095

                            Notification and Confirmation
                              of Registration of Pledge

Dear Sir or Madam:

         I, James L. Donald, as pledgor (the "Pledgor") have assigned and 
pledged to Pathmark Stores, Inc. (the "Lender") pursuant to the Security 
Agreement, dated November 8, 1996 (the "Security Agreement") made by me, as 
the Pledgor, to the Lender all of my right, title and interest in and to, 
among other things:  (1) all my present and future interests in an option 
(the "Option") to buy shares of common stock of SMG-II Holdings Corporation, 
a Delaware corporation ("Holdings") and (2) the Option Agreement dated as of 
October 8, 1996 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified from time to time, the "Option Agreement"), between the Pledgor and 
Holdings. 

         1.   With the consent of the Lender, I hereby notify Holdings of the 
assignment and pledge pursuant to the Security Agreement and instruct 
Holdings to register such assignment and pledge by appropriate notations in 
the books and records of Holdings, so that anyone examining such books and 
records would be notified of such assignment and pledge.

         2.   Holdings hereby confirms that the assignment and pledge of the 
Option of the Pledgor to the Lender was registered upon the books and records 
of Holdings maintained for such purposes on behalf of the undersigned on 
November 8, 1996 and certifies that attached hereto is a true and correct 
excerpt from the books of Holdings.

         3.   Holdings hereby represents that as of the date hereof, such 
books and records reflect no lien, restriction or adverse claim (other than 
those created under the Security Agreement) with respect to the Option and 
that it has no knowledge of any such lien, restriction or adverse claim 
(other than those created under the Security Agreement).

<PAGE>

                                      2

         4.   Holdings hereby confirms that the Pledgor is the registered 
owner of the type and percentage of the Option described below:

Pledgor               Type of Interest                 Percentage Interest
- -------               ----------------                 -------------------

James L. Donald       Option to buy 100,000 shares            6.5%
                      of Holdings common stock

         The address and taxpayer identification number of the Pledgor and 
the Lender are set forth below.


Registered Owner

                   Name:     JAMES L. DONALD
                Address:     26 Carriage Place
                             Edison, New Jersey  08820

          Taxpayer I.D.:     ###-##-####

Lender
                   Name:     PATHMARK STORES, INC.
                Address:     301 Blair Road
                             Woodbridge, New Jersey  07095

          Taxpayer I.D.:     22-2879612


         This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts 
and by any combination of parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of 
which counterparts shall be an original and all of which taken together shall 
constitute one and the same letter agreement.  Delivery of an executed 
counterpart of a signature page of this letter agreement by telecopier shall 
be effective as the delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this 
letter agreement.

<PAGE>
                                    3

         This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in 
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

                             Very truly yours,



                             ____________________________
                             JAMES L. DONALD



                             PATHMARK STORES, INC.,
                             as Lender


                              By__________________________
                                   Name:
                                   Title:



                             Acknowledged, Agreed and Confirmed to, and for
                             the benefit of, the Lender and the Pledgor, as of
                             the date first above written:



                             SMG-II HOLDINGS CORPORATION



                             By___________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:


<PAGE>
                                          
                                     Exhibit E
                                          
                                   ESCROW AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

                                   ESCROW AGREEMENT

         ESCROW AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into this 7th day of 
November, 1996 among PATHMARK STORES, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Lender 
(the "Lender") under the Notes referred to below, JAMES L. DONALD, as 
Borrower (the "Borrower") under such Notes, and PNC Bank, N.A., as Escrow 
Agent hereunder.

                                PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

         (1)  On the date hereof, the Borrower has made various Notes to the 
Lender numbered A1-A16 (each such Note, as it may hereafter be amended or 
modified, being a "Note" and, collectively, the "Notes"; terms defined 
therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein 
defined).

         (2)  Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the Notes, 
the Borrower has entered into a Pledge Agreement (the "Pledge Agreement") in 
favor of the Lender.  The Borrower has entered into an employment agreement 
(the "Employment Agreement") with the Lender.

         (3)  Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, the Lender may be 
required under certain circumstances to cancel and return to the Borrower 
marked "Paid in Full" a Note or Notes.  To facilitate such cancellation and 
return, the Lender has delivered to the Escrow Agent each original Note 
executed by the Borrower for the cancellation and return to the Borrower, 
pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement and this Agreement, each 
such Note (all such Notes being, collectively, the "Escrowed Documents").

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the parties hereto 
hereby agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  Appointment of Escrow Agent.  Effective as of the date 
above, the Lender and the Borrower hereby irrevocably appoint PNC Bank, N.A. 
as escrow agent (in such capacity, the "Escrow Agent") to hold and release 
the Escrowed Documents on the terms and conditions set forth below.

         SECTION 2.  Delivery of Escrowed Documents.  The Escrow Agent hereby 
accepts and confirms delivery from the Lender of the Escrowed Documents.

         SECTION 3.  Release of Escrowed Documents.

         (a)  The Lender hereby agrees to, on each interest payment date, 
commencing on January 8, 1997 and quarterly thereafter or such later date on 
which the Lender shall have received payment in full of all interest due and 
payable under or pursuant to the Notes with respect to such interest payment 
date, upon receipt in full of all such interest accrued and in accordance 
with the terms of the Employment Agreement, request that the Escrow Agent 
release such Note or Notes applicable to such period to the Borrower marked 
"Paid in Full" and, as necessary, to report to the Escrow Agent that such 


<PAGE>
                                       2

interest has been paid and that the Borrower remains employed by the Lender, 
or the term under which his employment terminated.

         (b)  On each interest payment date, commencing on January 8, 1997, 
and quarterly thereafter or such later date as the Lender shall specify to 
the Escrow Agent pursuant to the next succeeding clause, upon receipt by the 
Escrow Agent of written notice from the Lender confirming receipt in full of 
all interest due and payable under or pursuant to the Notes, and requesting 
that the Escrow Agent release any Note or Notes, the Escrow Agent shall 
release from escrow and date (the date of such release) the Note or Notes 
applicable to such release.  The Escrow Agent shall deliver by first class 
mail to the address indicated herein each such released Escrowed Document to 
the Borrower marked "Paid in Full".

         (c)  Upon receipt by the Escrow Agent of written notice from the 
Lender that (i) the Borrower's employment with the Lender has been terminated 
without Cause or the Borrower has resigned his employment with the Lender for 
Good Reason or that there has occurred a Change in Control and (ii) the 
Borrower has paid in full all interest due and payable pursuant to the Notes, 
the Escrow Agent shall promptly return, marked "Paid in Full", all Notes not 
previously delivered to the Borrower marked "Paid in Full".

         SECTION 4.  Concerning the Escrow Agent.  To induce the Escrow Agent 
to act hereunder, it is further agreed by the Lender and the Borrower that:

         (a)  The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any error of judgment 
or for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith, or for any mistake of 
fact or law, or for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in 
connection herewith except its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

         (b)  The Lender and the Borrower agree to jointly and severally 
indemnify the Escrow Agent and hold it harmless from and against any loss, 
liability, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' 
fees and expenses), claim or demand arising out of or in connection with the 
performance of its obligations in accordance with the provisions of this 
Escrow Agreement, except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of 
the Escrow Agent.  These indemnities shall survive the resignation of the 
Escrow Agent or the termination of this Escrow Agreement.

         (c)  The fee of the Escrow Agent for its services hereunder shall be 
paid by the Lender in accordance with the standard schedule of charges in 
effect when services are rendered.  Such schedule will be furnished upon 
request.

         (d)  This Escrow Agreement expressly sets forth all the duties of 
the Escrow Agent with respect to any and all matters pertinent hereto.  No 
implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the 
Escrow Agent.


<PAGE>

                                       3

         (e)  The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any order, 
judgment, certification, demand, notice, instrument or other writing 
delivered to it hereunder without being required to determine the 
authenticity or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety 
or validity or the services thereof.  The Escrow Agent shall act in reliance 
upon any instrument or signature believed by it to be genuine and may assume 
that any person purporting to give notice, receipt or advice, make any 
statement or execute any document in connection with the provisions hereof 
has been duly authorized to do so.

         (f)  The Escrow Agent may act pursuant to the advice of its counsel 
with respect to any matter relating to this Escrow Agreement and shall not be 
liable for any action taken or omitted in good faith in accordance with such 
advice.

         (g)  The Escrow Agent may at any time resign as escrow agent for any 
reason by giving not less than 30 days' notice to the parties hereto and by 
delivering the Escrowed Documents to any successor Escrow Agent agreed to in 
writing and delivered to the Escrow Agent by the Borrower and the Lender 
pursuant to the Employment Agreement, whereupon the resigning Escrow Agent 
shall be discharged of and from any and all further obligations arising in 
connection with this Escrow Agreement.  If after 30 days no successor has 
been appointed, the Escrow Agent shall deliver the Escrowed Documents to the 
Lender. 

         (h)  In the event that the Escrow Agent receives written notice of 
any disagreement among any parties to the Loan Documents resulting in adverse 
claims or demands being made in connection with the Escrowed Documents, or in 
the event that the Escrow Agent in good faith is in doubt as to what action 
it should take hereunder, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to retain the 
Escrowed Documents until the Escrow Agent shall have received a final 
non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction directing delivery 
or other disposition of the Escrowed Documents.  Any court order referred to 
above shall be accompanied by a legal opinion by counsel for the presenting 
party addressed to and satisfactory to the Escrow Agent to the effect that 
said court order is final and non-appealable.  The Escrow Agent shall act on 
such court order and legal opinion without further question.

         (i)  The parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the 
jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in New York City 
in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Escrow 
Agreement, and irrevocably agree that all claims with respect to such action 
or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York State or federal 
court.

         (j)  This Escrow Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to 
the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, 
and representatives, and shall not inure to the benefit of any third party.  
Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party may assign any of 


<PAGE>

                                       4

its rights or obligations under this Escrow Agreement without the written 
consent of the other parties.

         SECTION 5.  Notices.  All notices and other communications provided 
for hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile communication) by 
either the Borrower or the Corporate Secretary of the Lender and mailed, 
telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, cabled or delivered, as follows:

                   If to the Lender:
                   Address:            301 Blair Road
                                       Woodbridge, New Jersey  07095 
                   Attention:          Corporate Secretary 
                   Telecopy No.:       (908) 499-3460
                   Telephone No.:      (908) 499-3930

                   If to the Borrower:
                   Address:            301 Blair Road
                                       Woodbridge, New Jersey  07095
                   Telecopy No.:       (908) 499-3100
                   Telephone No.:      (908) 499-3535
    
                   If to the Escrow Agent:
                   Attention:          Corporate Trust Department
                   Address:            Metro Top Building
                                       P.O. Box 600
                                       Edison, New Jersey  08818
                   Telecopy No.:       (908) 205-4525
                   Telephone No.:      (908) 205-4542
    
or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such 
party in a written notice to the other parties.  All such notices and 
communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed or 
cabled, be effective when deposited in the mails, telecopied, delivered to 
the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback or delivered to the 
cable company, respectively, except that notices and communications to the 
Escrow Agent shall not be effective until received by the Escrow Agent.

         SECTION 6.  Binding Effect; Governing Law.  This Agreement shall 
become effective, as of the date first above written, when it shall have been 
executed by each of the parties hereto and thereafter shall be binding upon 
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective 
successors and assigns, and shall not inure to the benefit of any third 
party.  No party hereto may assign any of its rights or obligations under 
this Escrow Agreement without the written consent of the other parties.  This 


<PAGE>

                                       5

Escrow Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the 
laws of the State of New York.

         SECTION 7.  Amendments, Etc.  No amendment or waiver of any 
provision of this Escrow Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the 
same shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

         SECTION 8.  Termination.  The termination date of this Escrow 
Agreement will be that same date indicated in Section 1.01 of the Notes. 

         SECTION 9.  Execution in Counterparts.

         (a)  This Escrow Agreement may be executed in any number of 
counterparts, and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of 
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which 
taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

         (b)  One or more counterparts of this Escrow Agreement may be 
delivered via telecopier, with the intention that they shall have the same 
effect as an original counterpart hereof.


<PAGE>

                                       6

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this 
Escrow Agreement to be executed by their respective officers or other 
representatives hereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

                                  PATHMARK STORES, INC.


                                  By:  _______________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:



                                  PNC BANK, N.A.


                                  By:  _______________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                   _______________________________
                                       JAMES L. DONALD                       


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 12.1
 
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
                   STATEMENTS REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIO
 
                          OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
                      (Dollars in thousands except ratio)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              FISCAL YEARS
                                                      -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                         1996        1995        1994        1993        1992
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Income (loss) from continuing operations before
  taxes.............................................  $  (36,870) $   48,944  $   16,121  $  (36,819) $  (608,614)
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Fixed charges:
  Interest expense..................................     164,118     170,969     170,848     190,110      197,773
  Interest portion of rental expense(1).............      15,832      15,861      16,563      15,194       12,630
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
    Total fixed charges.............................     179,950     186,830     187,411     205,304      210,403
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Adjusted income (loss) before fixed charges.........  $  143,080  $  235,774  $  203,532  $  168,845  $  (398,211)
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)...............          --       1.26x       1.09x          --           --
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Deficiency in earnings available to cover fixed
  charges...........................................  $   36,870  $       --  $       --  $   36,819  $   608,614
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Represents the portion of rentals deemed representative of the interest
    included therein.
 
(2) For Fiscal 1995, the inclusion of preferred stock dividend requirements
    results in a ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stocks
    dividends of 1.09x. For Fiscal 1994, the inclusion of preferred stock
    dividend requirements results in a deficiency in earnings available to 
    cover fixed charges and preferred stock dividends of approximately $7.0 
    million.
 
                                       

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 22.1
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    STATE OF
NAME                                                             INCORPORATION
- -----                                                            -------------
<S>                                                             <C>
AAL Realty Corp.............................................        New York
Bridge Stuart, Inc..........................................        New York
Bucks Stuart, Inc...........................................        Pennsylvania
Chefmark, Inc...............................................        Delaware
Eatontown Stuart, Inc.......................................        New Jersey
GAW Properties Corp.........................................        New Jersey
Jersey Stuart, Inc..........................................        New Jersey
Madison Stuart Corporation..................................        New Jersey
Pathmark Risk Management Corporation........................        New Jersey
Pathmark Stores, Inc........................................        Delaware
Pauls Trucking Corp.........................................        New Jersey
Pennsylvania Stuart, Inc....................................        Pennsylvania
Plainbridge, Inc............................................        Delaware
PTK Holdings, Inc...........................................        Delaware
</TABLE>
 
                                       

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 24A
 
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    The undersigned, a director of Pathmark Stores, Inc. (the "Company"), a 
Delaware corporation, which intends to file with the United States Securities 
and Exchange Commission, under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 (the "'34 Act"), as amended, each year an annual report on Form 10-K, 
or such other form appropriate for the purpose, pursuant to Section 13 or 
15(d) of the '34 Act, together with possible amendments thereto, constitutes 
and appoints JOSEPH W. ADELHARDT and MARC A. STRASSLER, and each of them, 
severally, as true and lawful attorney or attorneys, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, to 
sign in any and all capacities and file or cause to be filed said Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, and any and all amendments thereto, and all instruments 
necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and hereby grants to the 
said attorneys, and each of them, severally, full power and authority to do 
and perform in the name and on behalf of all intents and purposes as the 
undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming the 
acts of said attorneys and each of them.
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and seal 
this 18th day of April, 1997.  

                                         /s/ Matthias Bowman
 

                                         ------------------------
                                         MATTHIAS BOWMAN

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 24B
 
                   SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    The undersigned, a director of Pathmark Stores, Inc. (the "Company"), a 
Delaware corporation, which intends to file with the United States Securities 
and Exchange Commission, under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 (the "'34 Act"), as amended, each year an annual report on Form 10-K, 
or such other form appropriate for the purpose, pursuant to Section 13 or 
15(d) of the '34 Act, together with possible amendments thereto, constitutes 
and appoints JOSEPH W. ADELHARDT and MARC A. STRASSLER, and each of them, 
severally, as true and lawful attorney or attorneys, with full power of 
substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, to 
sign in any and all capacities and file or cause to be filed said Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, and any and all amendments thereto, and all instruments 
necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and hereby grants to the 
said attorneys, and each of them, severally, full power and authority to do 
and perform in the name and on behalf of all intents and purposes as the 
undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming the 
acts of said attorneys and each of them.
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and seal this
18th day of April, 1997 


                                    /s/ Robert G. Miller
 
                                    -------------------------
                                    ROBERT G. MILLER

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND> This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from 
Supermarkets General Holdings Corporation's Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the 52 weeks ended February 1, 1997 and Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 
February 1, 1997 and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such 
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          FEB-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               FEB-01-1997
<CASH>                                          10,967
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   14,070
<ALLOWANCES>                                   (1,271)
<INVENTORY>                                    217,440
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               298,157
<PP&E>                                         987,548
<DEPRECIATION>                               (382,593)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,016,585
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          473,926
<BONDS>                                      1,213,081
                                0
                                    105,372
<COMMON>                                            10
<OTHER-SE>                                 (1,258,165)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,016,585
<SALES>                                      3,710,990
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             3,710,990
<CGS>                                        2,619,329
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                2,619,329
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   100
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           (164,118)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (36,870)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    17,723
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (19,147)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  (997)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (20,144)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      0.0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      0.0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission